]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
1 | /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
2 | // Name: src/generic/grid.cpp | |
3 | // Purpose: wxGrid and related classes | |
4 | // Author: Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn) | |
5 | // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios | |
6 | // Created: 1/08/1999 | |
7 | // RCS-ID: $Id$ | |
8 | // Copyright: (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au) | |
9 | // Licence: wxWindows licence | |
10 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
11 | ||
12 | /* | |
13 | TODO: | |
14 | ||
15 | - Replace use of wxINVERT with wxOverlay | |
16 | - Make Begin/EndBatch() the same as the generic Freeze/Thaw() | |
17 | - Review the column reordering code, it's a mess. | |
18 | - Implement row reordering after dealing with the columns. | |
19 | */ | |
20 | ||
21 | // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h". | |
22 | #include "wx/wxprec.h" | |
23 | ||
24 | #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
25 | #pragma hdrstop | |
26 | #endif | |
27 | ||
28 | #if wxUSE_GRID | |
29 | ||
30 | #include "wx/grid.h" | |
31 | ||
32 | #ifndef WX_PRECOMP | |
33 | #include "wx/utils.h" | |
34 | #include "wx/dcclient.h" | |
35 | #include "wx/settings.h" | |
36 | #include "wx/log.h" | |
37 | #include "wx/textctrl.h" | |
38 | #include "wx/checkbox.h" | |
39 | #include "wx/combobox.h" | |
40 | #include "wx/valtext.h" | |
41 | #include "wx/intl.h" | |
42 | #include "wx/math.h" | |
43 | #include "wx/listbox.h" | |
44 | #endif | |
45 | ||
46 | #include "wx/textfile.h" | |
47 | #include "wx/spinctrl.h" | |
48 | #include "wx/tokenzr.h" | |
49 | #include "wx/renderer.h" | |
50 | #include "wx/headerctrl.h" | |
51 | ||
52 | #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h" | |
53 | ||
54 | const char wxGridNameStr[] = "grid"; | |
55 | ||
56 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
57 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) | |
58 | #else | |
59 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) identifier | |
60 | #endif | |
61 | ||
62 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) | |
63 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) | |
64 | #else | |
65 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) identifier | |
66 | #endif | |
67 | ||
68 | // Required for wxIs... functions | |
69 | #include <ctype.h> | |
70 | ||
71 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
72 | // array classes | |
73 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
74 | ||
75 | WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs, | |
76 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); | |
77 | ||
78 | struct wxGridCellWithAttr | |
79 | { | |
80 | wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_) | |
81 | : coords(row, col), attr(attr_) | |
82 | { | |
83 | wxASSERT( attr ); | |
84 | } | |
85 | ||
86 | wxGridCellWithAttr(const wxGridCellWithAttr& other) | |
87 | : coords(other.coords), | |
88 | attr(other.attr) | |
89 | { | |
90 | attr->IncRef(); | |
91 | } | |
92 | ||
93 | wxGridCellWithAttr& operator=(const wxGridCellWithAttr& other) | |
94 | { | |
95 | coords = other.coords; | |
96 | if (attr != other.attr) | |
97 | { | |
98 | attr->DecRef(); | |
99 | attr = other.attr; | |
100 | attr->IncRef(); | |
101 | } | |
102 | return *this; | |
103 | } | |
104 | ||
105 | void ChangeAttr(wxGridCellAttr* new_attr) | |
106 | { | |
107 | if (attr != new_attr) | |
108 | { | |
109 | // "Delete" (i.e. DecRef) the old attribute. | |
110 | attr->DecRef(); | |
111 | attr = new_attr; | |
112 | // Take ownership of the new attribute, i.e. no IncRef. | |
113 | } | |
114 | } | |
115 | ||
116 | ~wxGridCellWithAttr() | |
117 | { | |
118 | attr->DecRef(); | |
119 | } | |
120 | ||
121 | wxGridCellCoords coords; | |
122 | wxGridCellAttr *attr; | |
123 | }; | |
124 | ||
125 | WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray, | |
126 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); | |
127 | ||
128 | #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" | |
129 | ||
130 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray) | |
131 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray) | |
132 | ||
133 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
134 | // events | |
135 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
136 | ||
137 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK) | |
138 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK) | |
139 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK) | |
140 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK) | |
141 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG) | |
142 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK) | |
143 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK) | |
144 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK) | |
145 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK) | |
146 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE) | |
147 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE) | |
148 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE) | |
149 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SORT) | |
150 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT) | |
151 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING) | |
152 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGED) | |
153 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL) | |
154 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) | |
155 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN) | |
156 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED) | |
157 | ||
158 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
159 | // private classes | |
160 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
161 | ||
162 | // header column providing access to the column information stored in wxGrid | |
163 | // via wxHeaderColumn interface | |
164 | class wxGridHeaderColumn : public wxHeaderColumn | |
165 | { | |
166 | public: | |
167 | wxGridHeaderColumn(wxGrid *grid, int col) | |
168 | : m_grid(grid), | |
169 | m_col(col) | |
170 | { | |
171 | } | |
172 | ||
173 | virtual wxString GetTitle() const { return m_grid->GetColLabelValue(m_col); } | |
174 | virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const { return wxNullBitmap; } | |
175 | virtual int GetWidth() const { return m_grid->GetColSize(m_col); } | |
176 | virtual int GetMinWidth() const { return 0; } | |
177 | virtual wxAlignment GetAlignment() const | |
178 | { | |
179 | int horz, | |
180 | vert; | |
181 | m_grid->GetColLabelAlignment(&horz, &vert); | |
182 | ||
183 | return static_cast<wxAlignment>(horz); | |
184 | } | |
185 | ||
186 | virtual int GetFlags() const | |
187 | { | |
188 | // we can't know in advance whether we can sort by this column or not | |
189 | // with wxGrid API so suppose we can by default | |
190 | int flags = wxCOL_SORTABLE; | |
191 | if ( m_grid->CanDragColSize() ) | |
192 | flags |= wxCOL_RESIZABLE; | |
193 | if ( m_grid->CanDragColMove() ) | |
194 | flags |= wxCOL_REORDERABLE; | |
195 | if ( GetWidth() == 0 ) | |
196 | flags |= wxCOL_HIDDEN; | |
197 | ||
198 | return flags; | |
199 | } | |
200 | ||
201 | virtual bool IsSortKey() const | |
202 | { | |
203 | return m_grid->IsSortingBy(m_col); | |
204 | } | |
205 | ||
206 | virtual bool IsSortOrderAscending() const | |
207 | { | |
208 | return m_grid->IsSortOrderAscending(); | |
209 | } | |
210 | ||
211 | private: | |
212 | // these really should be const but are not because the column needs to be | |
213 | // assignable to be used in a wxVector (in STL build, in non-STL build we | |
214 | // avoid the need for this) | |
215 | wxGrid *m_grid; | |
216 | int m_col; | |
217 | }; | |
218 | ||
219 | // header control retreiving column information from the grid | |
220 | class wxGridHeaderCtrl : public wxHeaderCtrl | |
221 | { | |
222 | public: | |
223 | wxGridHeaderCtrl(wxGrid *owner) | |
224 | : wxHeaderCtrl(owner, | |
225 | wxID_ANY, | |
226 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
227 | wxDefaultSize, | |
228 | wxHD_ALLOW_HIDE | | |
229 | (owner->CanDragColMove() ? wxHD_ALLOW_REORDER : 0)) | |
230 | { | |
231 | } | |
232 | ||
233 | protected: | |
234 | virtual const wxHeaderColumn& GetColumn(unsigned int idx) const | |
235 | { | |
236 | return m_columns[idx]; | |
237 | } | |
238 | ||
239 | private: | |
240 | wxGrid *GetOwner() const { return static_cast<wxGrid *>(GetParent()); } | |
241 | ||
242 | // override the base class method to update our m_columns array | |
243 | virtual void OnColumnCountChanging(unsigned int count) | |
244 | { | |
245 | const unsigned countOld = m_columns.size(); | |
246 | if ( count < countOld ) | |
247 | { | |
248 | // just discard the columns which don't exist any more (notice that | |
249 | // we can't use resize() here as it would require the vector | |
250 | // value_type, i.e. wxGridHeaderColumn to be default constructible, | |
251 | // which it is not) | |
252 | m_columns.erase(m_columns.begin() + count, m_columns.end()); | |
253 | } | |
254 | else // new columns added | |
255 | { | |
256 | // add columns for the new elements | |
257 | for ( unsigned n = countOld; n < count; n++ ) | |
258 | m_columns.push_back(wxGridHeaderColumn(GetOwner(), n)); | |
259 | } | |
260 | } | |
261 | ||
262 | // override to implement column auto sizing | |
263 | virtual bool UpdateColumnWidthToFit(unsigned int idx, int widthTitle) | |
264 | { | |
265 | // TODO: currently grid doesn't support computing the column best width | |
266 | // from its contents so we just use the best label width as is | |
267 | GetOwner()->SetColSize(idx, widthTitle); | |
268 | ||
269 | return true; | |
270 | } | |
271 | ||
272 | // overridden to react to the actions using the columns popup menu | |
273 | virtual void UpdateColumnVisibility(unsigned int idx, bool show) | |
274 | { | |
275 | GetOwner()->SetColSize(idx, show ? wxGRID_AUTOSIZE : 0); | |
276 | ||
277 | // as this is done by the user we should notify the main program about | |
278 | // it | |
279 | GetOwner()->SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, idx); | |
280 | } | |
281 | ||
282 | // overridden to react to the columns order changes in the customization | |
283 | // dialog | |
284 | virtual void UpdateColumnsOrder(const wxArrayInt& order) | |
285 | { | |
286 | GetOwner()->SetColumnsOrder(order); | |
287 | } | |
288 | ||
289 | ||
290 | // event handlers forwarding wxHeaderCtrl events to wxGrid | |
291 | void OnClick(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event) | |
292 | { | |
293 | GetOwner()->DoColHeaderClick(event.GetColumn()); | |
294 | } | |
295 | ||
296 | void OnBeginResize(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event) | |
297 | { | |
298 | GetOwner()->DoStartResizeCol(event.GetColumn()); | |
299 | ||
300 | event.Skip(); | |
301 | } | |
302 | ||
303 | void OnResizing(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event) | |
304 | { | |
305 | GetOwner()->DoUpdateResizeColWidth(event.GetWidth()); | |
306 | } | |
307 | ||
308 | void OnEndResize(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event) | |
309 | { | |
310 | GetOwner()->DoEndDragResizeCol(); | |
311 | ||
312 | event.Skip(); | |
313 | } | |
314 | ||
315 | void OnBeginReorder(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event) | |
316 | { | |
317 | GetOwner()->DoStartMoveCol(event.GetColumn()); | |
318 | } | |
319 | ||
320 | void OnEndReorder(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event) | |
321 | { | |
322 | GetOwner()->DoEndMoveCol(event.GetNewOrder()); | |
323 | } | |
324 | ||
325 | wxVector<wxGridHeaderColumn> m_columns; | |
326 | ||
327 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
328 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridHeaderCtrl) | |
329 | }; | |
330 | ||
331 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridHeaderCtrl, wxHeaderCtrl) | |
332 | EVT_HEADER_CLICK(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnClick) | |
333 | ||
334 | EVT_HEADER_BEGIN_RESIZE(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnBeginResize) | |
335 | EVT_HEADER_RESIZING(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnResizing) | |
336 | EVT_HEADER_END_RESIZE(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnEndResize) | |
337 | ||
338 | EVT_HEADER_BEGIN_REORDER(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnBeginReorder) | |
339 | EVT_HEADER_END_REORDER(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnEndReorder) | |
340 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
341 | ||
342 | // common base class for various grid subwindows | |
343 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSubwindow : public wxWindow | |
344 | { | |
345 | public: | |
346 | wxGridSubwindow(wxGrid *owner, | |
347 | int additionalStyle = 0, | |
348 | const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr) | |
349 | : wxWindow(owner, wxID_ANY, | |
350 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
351 | wxBORDER_NONE | additionalStyle, | |
352 | name) | |
353 | { | |
354 | m_owner = owner; | |
355 | } | |
356 | ||
357 | virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; } | |
358 | ||
359 | wxGrid *GetOwner() { return m_owner; } | |
360 | ||
361 | protected: | |
362 | void OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event); | |
363 | ||
364 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
365 | ||
366 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
367 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridSubwindow) | |
368 | }; | |
369 | ||
370 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow | |
371 | { | |
372 | public: | |
373 | wxGridRowLabelWindow(wxGrid *parent) | |
374 | : wxGridSubwindow(parent) | |
375 | { | |
376 | } | |
377 | ||
378 | ||
379 | private: | |
380 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); | |
381 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
382 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
383 | ||
384 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
385 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow) | |
386 | }; | |
387 | ||
388 | ||
389 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow | |
390 | { | |
391 | public: | |
392 | wxGridColLabelWindow(wxGrid *parent) | |
393 | : wxGridSubwindow(parent) | |
394 | { | |
395 | } | |
396 | ||
397 | ||
398 | private: | |
399 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); | |
400 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
401 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
402 | ||
403 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
404 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow) | |
405 | }; | |
406 | ||
407 | ||
408 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow | |
409 | { | |
410 | public: | |
411 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow(wxGrid *parent) | |
412 | : wxGridSubwindow(parent) | |
413 | { | |
414 | } | |
415 | ||
416 | private: | |
417 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
418 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
419 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); | |
420 | ||
421 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
422 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow) | |
423 | }; | |
424 | ||
425 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxGridSubwindow | |
426 | { | |
427 | public: | |
428 | wxGridWindow(wxGrid *parent) | |
429 | : wxGridSubwindow(parent, | |
430 | wxWANTS_CHARS | wxCLIP_CHILDREN, | |
431 | "GridWindow") | |
432 | { | |
433 | } | |
434 | ||
435 | ||
436 | virtual void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ); | |
437 | ||
438 | virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return true; } | |
439 | ||
440 | private: | |
441 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event ); | |
442 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
443 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
444 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
445 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
446 | void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
447 | void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& ); | |
448 | void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& ); | |
449 | ||
450 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
451 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow) | |
452 | }; | |
453 | ||
454 | ||
455 | class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler | |
456 | { | |
457 | public: | |
458 | wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
459 | : m_grid(grid), | |
460 | m_editor(editor), | |
461 | m_inSetFocus(false) | |
462 | { | |
463 | } | |
464 | ||
465 | void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); | |
466 | void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event); | |
467 | void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); | |
468 | ||
469 | void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; } | |
470 | ||
471 | private: | |
472 | wxGrid *m_grid; | |
473 | wxGridCellEditor *m_editor; | |
474 | ||
475 | // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to | |
476 | // a combobox within a set focus event. | |
477 | bool m_inSetFocus; | |
478 | ||
479 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
480 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler) | |
481 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler) | |
482 | }; | |
483 | ||
484 | ||
485 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler) | |
486 | ||
487 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler ) | |
488 | EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus ) | |
489 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown ) | |
490 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar ) | |
491 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
492 | ||
493 | ||
494 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
495 | // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider | |
496 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
497 | ||
498 | // this class stores attributes set for cells | |
499 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData | |
500 | { | |
501 | public: | |
502 | void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col); | |
503 | wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const; | |
504 | void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ); | |
505 | void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ); | |
506 | ||
507 | private: | |
508 | // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found | |
509 | int FindIndex(int row, int col) const; | |
510 | ||
511 | wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs; | |
512 | }; | |
513 | ||
514 | // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns | |
515 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData | |
516 | { | |
517 | public: | |
518 | // empty ctor to suppress warnings | |
519 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {} | |
520 | ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData(); | |
521 | ||
522 | void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol); | |
523 | wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const; | |
524 | void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols ); | |
525 | ||
526 | private: | |
527 | wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols; | |
528 | wxArrayAttrs m_attrs; | |
529 | }; | |
530 | ||
531 | // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell | |
532 | // attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones | |
533 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData | |
534 | { | |
535 | public: | |
536 | wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs; | |
537 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs, | |
538 | m_colAttrs; | |
539 | }; | |
540 | ||
541 | ||
542 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
543 | // data structures used for the data type registry | |
544 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
545 | ||
546 | struct wxGridDataTypeInfo | |
547 | { | |
548 | wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName, | |
549 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
550 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
551 | : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor) | |
552 | {} | |
553 | ||
554 | ~wxGridDataTypeInfo() | |
555 | { | |
556 | wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer); | |
557 | wxSafeDecRef(m_editor); | |
558 | } | |
559 | ||
560 | wxString m_typeName; | |
561 | wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer; | |
562 | wxGridCellEditor* m_editor; | |
563 | ||
564 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo) | |
565 | }; | |
566 | ||
567 | ||
568 | WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray, | |
569 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); | |
570 | ||
571 | ||
572 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry | |
573 | { | |
574 | public: | |
575 | wxGridTypeRegistry() {} | |
576 | ~wxGridTypeRegistry(); | |
577 | ||
578 | void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
579 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
580 | wxGridCellEditor* editor); | |
581 | ||
582 | // find one of already registered data types | |
583 | int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
584 | ||
585 | // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of | |
586 | // standard typenames, register it and return its index | |
587 | int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
588 | ||
589 | // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already | |
590 | // registered data types with some params in which case clone the | |
591 | // registered data type and set params for it | |
592 | int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
593 | ||
594 | wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index); | |
595 | wxGridCellEditor* GetEditor(int index); | |
596 | ||
597 | private: | |
598 | wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo; | |
599 | }; | |
600 | ||
601 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
602 | // operations classes abstracting the difference between operating on rows and | |
603 | // columns | |
604 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
605 | ||
606 | // This class allows to write a function only once because by using its methods | |
607 | // it will apply to both columns and rows. | |
608 | // | |
609 | // This is an abstract interface definition, the two concrete implementations | |
610 | // below should be used when working with rows and columns respectively. | |
611 | class wxGridOperations | |
612 | { | |
613 | public: | |
614 | // Returns the operations in the other direction, i.e. wxGridRowOperations | |
615 | // if this object is a wxGridColumnOperations and vice versa. | |
616 | virtual wxGridOperations& Dual() const = 0; | |
617 | ||
618 | // Return the number of rows or columns. | |
619 | virtual int GetNumberOfLines(const wxGrid *grid) const = 0; | |
620 | ||
621 | // Return the selection mode which allows selecting rows or columns. | |
622 | virtual wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes GetSelectionMode() const = 0; | |
623 | ||
624 | // Make a wxGridCellCoords from the given components: thisDir is row or | |
625 | // column and otherDir is column or row | |
626 | virtual wxGridCellCoords MakeCoords(int thisDir, int otherDir) const = 0; | |
627 | ||
628 | // Calculate the scrolled position of the given abscissa or ordinate. | |
629 | virtual int CalcScrolledPosition(wxGrid *grid, int pos) const = 0; | |
630 | ||
631 | // Selects the horizontal or vertical component from the given object. | |
632 | virtual int Select(const wxGridCellCoords& coords) const = 0; | |
633 | virtual int Select(const wxPoint& pt) const = 0; | |
634 | virtual int Select(const wxSize& sz) const = 0; | |
635 | virtual int Select(const wxRect& r) const = 0; | |
636 | virtual int& Select(wxRect& r) const = 0; | |
637 | ||
638 | // Returns width or height of the rectangle | |
639 | virtual int& SelectSize(wxRect& r) const = 0; | |
640 | ||
641 | // Make a wxSize such that Select() applied to it returns first component | |
642 | virtual wxSize MakeSize(int first, int second) const = 0; | |
643 | ||
644 | // Sets the row or column component of the given cell coordinates | |
645 | virtual void Set(wxGridCellCoords& coords, int line) const = 0; | |
646 | ||
647 | ||
648 | // Draws a line parallel to the row or column, i.e. horizontal or vertical: | |
649 | // pos is the horizontal or vertical position of the line and start and end | |
650 | // are the coordinates of the line extremities in the other direction | |
651 | virtual void | |
652 | DrawParallelLine(wxDC& dc, int start, int end, int pos) const = 0; | |
653 | ||
654 | // Draw a horizontal or vertical line across the given rectangle | |
655 | // (this is implemented in terms of above and uses Select() to extract | |
656 | // start and end from the given rectangle) | |
657 | void DrawParallelLineInRect(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int pos) const | |
658 | { | |
659 | const int posStart = Select(rect.GetPosition()); | |
660 | DrawParallelLine(dc, posStart, posStart + Select(rect.GetSize()), pos); | |
661 | } | |
662 | ||
663 | ||
664 | // Return the index of the row or column at the given pixel coordinate. | |
665 | virtual int | |
666 | PosToLine(const wxGrid *grid, int pos, bool clip = false) const = 0; | |
667 | ||
668 | // Get the top/left position, in pixels, of the given row or column | |
669 | virtual int GetLineStartPos(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const = 0; | |
670 | ||
671 | // Get the bottom/right position, in pixels, of the given row or column | |
672 | virtual int GetLineEndPos(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const = 0; | |
673 | ||
674 | // Get the height/width of the given row/column | |
675 | virtual int GetLineSize(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const = 0; | |
676 | ||
677 | // Get wxGrid::m_rowBottoms/m_colRights array | |
678 | virtual const wxArrayInt& GetLineEnds(const wxGrid *grid) const = 0; | |
679 | ||
680 | // Get default height row height or column width | |
681 | virtual int GetDefaultLineSize(const wxGrid *grid) const = 0; | |
682 | ||
683 | // Return the minimal acceptable row height or column width | |
684 | virtual int GetMinimalAcceptableLineSize(const wxGrid *grid) const = 0; | |
685 | ||
686 | // Return the minimal row height or column width | |
687 | virtual int GetMinimalLineSize(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const = 0; | |
688 | ||
689 | // Set the row height or column width | |
690 | virtual void SetLineSize(wxGrid *grid, int line, int size) const = 0; | |
691 | ||
692 | // True if rows/columns can be resized by user | |
693 | virtual bool CanResizeLines(const wxGrid *grid) const = 0; | |
694 | ||
695 | ||
696 | // Return the index of the line at the given position | |
697 | // | |
698 | // NB: currently this is always identity for the rows as reordering is only | |
699 | // implemented for the lines | |
700 | virtual int GetLineAt(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const = 0; | |
701 | ||
702 | ||
703 | // Get the row or column label window | |
704 | virtual wxWindow *GetHeaderWindow(wxGrid *grid) const = 0; | |
705 | ||
706 | // Get the width or height of the row or column label window | |
707 | virtual int GetHeaderWindowSize(wxGrid *grid) const = 0; | |
708 | ||
709 | ||
710 | // This class is never used polymorphically but give it a virtual dtor | |
711 | // anyhow to suppress g++ complaints about it | |
712 | virtual ~wxGridOperations() { } | |
713 | }; | |
714 | ||
715 | class wxGridRowOperations : public wxGridOperations | |
716 | { | |
717 | public: | |
718 | virtual wxGridOperations& Dual() const; | |
719 | ||
720 | virtual int GetNumberOfLines(const wxGrid *grid) const | |
721 | { return grid->GetNumberRows(); } | |
722 | ||
723 | virtual wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes GetSelectionMode() const | |
724 | { return wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows; } | |
725 | ||
726 | virtual wxGridCellCoords MakeCoords(int thisDir, int otherDir) const | |
727 | { return wxGridCellCoords(thisDir, otherDir); } | |
728 | ||
729 | virtual int CalcScrolledPosition(wxGrid *grid, int pos) const | |
730 | { return grid->CalcScrolledPosition(wxPoint(pos, 0)).x; } | |
731 | ||
732 | virtual int Select(const wxGridCellCoords& c) const { return c.GetRow(); } | |
733 | virtual int Select(const wxPoint& pt) const { return pt.x; } | |
734 | virtual int Select(const wxSize& sz) const { return sz.x; } | |
735 | virtual int Select(const wxRect& r) const { return r.x; } | |
736 | virtual int& Select(wxRect& r) const { return r.x; } | |
737 | virtual int& SelectSize(wxRect& r) const { return r.width; } | |
738 | virtual wxSize MakeSize(int first, int second) const | |
739 | { return wxSize(first, second); } | |
740 | virtual void Set(wxGridCellCoords& coords, int line) const | |
741 | { coords.SetRow(line); } | |
742 | ||
743 | virtual void DrawParallelLine(wxDC& dc, int start, int end, int pos) const | |
744 | { dc.DrawLine(start, pos, end, pos); } | |
745 | ||
746 | virtual int PosToLine(const wxGrid *grid, int pos, bool clip = false) const | |
747 | { return grid->YToRow(pos, clip); } | |
748 | virtual int GetLineStartPos(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const | |
749 | { return grid->GetRowTop(line); } | |
750 | virtual int GetLineEndPos(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const | |
751 | { return grid->GetRowBottom(line); } | |
752 | virtual int GetLineSize(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const | |
753 | { return grid->GetRowHeight(line); } | |
754 | virtual const wxArrayInt& GetLineEnds(const wxGrid *grid) const | |
755 | { return grid->m_rowBottoms; } | |
756 | virtual int GetDefaultLineSize(const wxGrid *grid) const | |
757 | { return grid->GetDefaultRowSize(); } | |
758 | virtual int GetMinimalAcceptableLineSize(const wxGrid *grid) const | |
759 | { return grid->GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight(); } | |
760 | virtual int GetMinimalLineSize(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const | |
761 | { return grid->GetRowMinimalHeight(line); } | |
762 | virtual void SetLineSize(wxGrid *grid, int line, int size) const | |
763 | { grid->SetRowSize(line, size); } | |
764 | virtual bool CanResizeLines(const wxGrid *grid) const | |
765 | { return grid->CanDragRowSize(); } | |
766 | ||
767 | virtual int GetLineAt(const wxGrid * WXUNUSED(grid), int line) const | |
768 | { return line; } // TODO: implement row reordering | |
769 | ||
770 | virtual wxWindow *GetHeaderWindow(wxGrid *grid) const | |
771 | { return grid->GetGridRowLabelWindow(); } | |
772 | virtual int GetHeaderWindowSize(wxGrid *grid) const | |
773 | { return grid->GetRowLabelSize(); } | |
774 | }; | |
775 | ||
776 | class wxGridColumnOperations : public wxGridOperations | |
777 | { | |
778 | public: | |
779 | virtual wxGridOperations& Dual() const; | |
780 | ||
781 | virtual int GetNumberOfLines(const wxGrid *grid) const | |
782 | { return grid->GetNumberCols(); } | |
783 | ||
784 | virtual wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes GetSelectionMode() const | |
785 | { return wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns; } | |
786 | ||
787 | virtual wxGridCellCoords MakeCoords(int thisDir, int otherDir) const | |
788 | { return wxGridCellCoords(otherDir, thisDir); } | |
789 | ||
790 | virtual int CalcScrolledPosition(wxGrid *grid, int pos) const | |
791 | { return grid->CalcScrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, pos)).y; } | |
792 | ||
793 | virtual int Select(const wxGridCellCoords& c) const { return c.GetCol(); } | |
794 | virtual int Select(const wxPoint& pt) const { return pt.y; } | |
795 | virtual int Select(const wxSize& sz) const { return sz.y; } | |
796 | virtual int Select(const wxRect& r) const { return r.y; } | |
797 | virtual int& Select(wxRect& r) const { return r.y; } | |
798 | virtual int& SelectSize(wxRect& r) const { return r.height; } | |
799 | virtual wxSize MakeSize(int first, int second) const | |
800 | { return wxSize(second, first); } | |
801 | virtual void Set(wxGridCellCoords& coords, int line) const | |
802 | { coords.SetCol(line); } | |
803 | ||
804 | virtual void DrawParallelLine(wxDC& dc, int start, int end, int pos) const | |
805 | { dc.DrawLine(pos, start, pos, end); } | |
806 | ||
807 | virtual int PosToLine(const wxGrid *grid, int pos, bool clip = false) const | |
808 | { return grid->XToCol(pos, clip); } | |
809 | virtual int GetLineStartPos(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const | |
810 | { return grid->GetColLeft(line); } | |
811 | virtual int GetLineEndPos(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const | |
812 | { return grid->GetColRight(line); } | |
813 | virtual int GetLineSize(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const | |
814 | { return grid->GetColWidth(line); } | |
815 | virtual const wxArrayInt& GetLineEnds(const wxGrid *grid) const | |
816 | { return grid->m_colRights; } | |
817 | virtual int GetDefaultLineSize(const wxGrid *grid) const | |
818 | { return grid->GetDefaultColSize(); } | |
819 | virtual int GetMinimalAcceptableLineSize(const wxGrid *grid) const | |
820 | { return grid->GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth(); } | |
821 | virtual int GetMinimalLineSize(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const | |
822 | { return grid->GetColMinimalWidth(line); } | |
823 | virtual void SetLineSize(wxGrid *grid, int line, int size) const | |
824 | { grid->SetColSize(line, size); } | |
825 | virtual bool CanResizeLines(const wxGrid *grid) const | |
826 | { return grid->CanDragColSize(); } | |
827 | ||
828 | virtual int GetLineAt(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const | |
829 | { return grid->GetColAt(line); } | |
830 | ||
831 | virtual wxWindow *GetHeaderWindow(wxGrid *grid) const | |
832 | { return grid->GetGridColLabelWindow(); } | |
833 | virtual int GetHeaderWindowSize(wxGrid *grid) const | |
834 | { return grid->GetColLabelSize(); } | |
835 | }; | |
836 | ||
837 | wxGridOperations& wxGridRowOperations::Dual() const | |
838 | { | |
839 | static wxGridColumnOperations s_colOper; | |
840 | ||
841 | return s_colOper; | |
842 | } | |
843 | ||
844 | wxGridOperations& wxGridColumnOperations::Dual() const | |
845 | { | |
846 | static wxGridRowOperations s_rowOper; | |
847 | ||
848 | return s_rowOper; | |
849 | } | |
850 | ||
851 | // This class abstracts the difference between operations going forward | |
852 | // (down/right) and backward (up/left) and allows to use the same code for | |
853 | // functions which differ only in the direction of grid traversal | |
854 | // | |
855 | // Like wxGridOperations it's an ABC with two concrete subclasses below. Unlike | |
856 | // it, this is a normal object and not just a function dispatch table and has a | |
857 | // non-default ctor. | |
858 | // | |
859 | // Note: the explanation of this discrepancy is the existence of (very useful) | |
860 | // Dual() method in wxGridOperations which forces us to make wxGridOperations a | |
861 | // function dispatcher only. | |
862 | class wxGridDirectionOperations | |
863 | { | |
864 | public: | |
865 | // The oper parameter to ctor selects whether we work with rows or columns | |
866 | wxGridDirectionOperations(wxGrid *grid, const wxGridOperations& oper) | |
867 | : m_grid(grid), | |
868 | m_oper(oper) | |
869 | { | |
870 | } | |
871 | ||
872 | // Check if the component of this point in our direction is at the | |
873 | // boundary, i.e. is the first/last row/column | |
874 | virtual bool IsAtBoundary(const wxGridCellCoords& coords) const = 0; | |
875 | ||
876 | // Increment the component of this point in our direction | |
877 | virtual void Advance(wxGridCellCoords& coords) const = 0; | |
878 | ||
879 | // Find the line at the given distance, in pixels, away from this one | |
880 | // (this uses clipping, i.e. anything after the last line is counted as the | |
881 | // last one and anything before the first one as 0) | |
882 | virtual int MoveByPixelDistance(int line, int distance) const = 0; | |
883 | ||
884 | // This class is never used polymorphically but give it a virtual dtor | |
885 | // anyhow to suppress g++ complaints about it | |
886 | virtual ~wxGridDirectionOperations() { } | |
887 | ||
888 | protected: | |
889 | wxGrid * const m_grid; | |
890 | const wxGridOperations& m_oper; | |
891 | }; | |
892 | ||
893 | class wxGridBackwardOperations : public wxGridDirectionOperations | |
894 | { | |
895 | public: | |
896 | wxGridBackwardOperations(wxGrid *grid, const wxGridOperations& oper) | |
897 | : wxGridDirectionOperations(grid, oper) | |
898 | { | |
899 | } | |
900 | ||
901 | virtual bool IsAtBoundary(const wxGridCellCoords& coords) const | |
902 | { | |
903 | wxASSERT_MSG( m_oper.Select(coords) >= 0, "invalid row/column" ); | |
904 | ||
905 | return m_oper.Select(coords) == 0; | |
906 | } | |
907 | ||
908 | virtual void Advance(wxGridCellCoords& coords) const | |
909 | { | |
910 | wxASSERT( !IsAtBoundary(coords) ); | |
911 | ||
912 | m_oper.Set(coords, m_oper.Select(coords) - 1); | |
913 | } | |
914 | ||
915 | virtual int MoveByPixelDistance(int line, int distance) const | |
916 | { | |
917 | int pos = m_oper.GetLineStartPos(m_grid, line); | |
918 | return m_oper.PosToLine(m_grid, pos - distance + 1, true); | |
919 | } | |
920 | }; | |
921 | ||
922 | class wxGridForwardOperations : public wxGridDirectionOperations | |
923 | { | |
924 | public: | |
925 | wxGridForwardOperations(wxGrid *grid, const wxGridOperations& oper) | |
926 | : wxGridDirectionOperations(grid, oper), | |
927 | m_numLines(oper.GetNumberOfLines(grid)) | |
928 | { | |
929 | } | |
930 | ||
931 | virtual bool IsAtBoundary(const wxGridCellCoords& coords) const | |
932 | { | |
933 | wxASSERT_MSG( m_oper.Select(coords) < m_numLines, "invalid row/column" ); | |
934 | ||
935 | return m_oper.Select(coords) == m_numLines - 1; | |
936 | } | |
937 | ||
938 | virtual void Advance(wxGridCellCoords& coords) const | |
939 | { | |
940 | wxASSERT( !IsAtBoundary(coords) ); | |
941 | ||
942 | m_oper.Set(coords, m_oper.Select(coords) + 1); | |
943 | } | |
944 | ||
945 | virtual int MoveByPixelDistance(int line, int distance) const | |
946 | { | |
947 | int pos = m_oper.GetLineStartPos(m_grid, line); | |
948 | return m_oper.PosToLine(m_grid, pos + distance, true); | |
949 | } | |
950 | ||
951 | private: | |
952 | const int m_numLines; | |
953 | }; | |
954 | ||
955 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
956 | // globals | |
957 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
958 | ||
959 | //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
960 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
961 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0; | |
962 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0; | |
963 | #endif | |
964 | ||
965 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
966 | // constants | |
967 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
968 | ||
969 | wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 ); | |
970 | wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); | |
971 | ||
972 | namespace | |
973 | { | |
974 | ||
975 | // scroll line size | |
976 | const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15; | |
977 | const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; | |
978 | ||
979 | // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements | |
980 | // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns) | |
981 | const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100; | |
982 | ||
983 | // the minimal distance in pixels the mouse needs to move to start a drag | |
984 | // operation | |
985 | const int DRAG_SENSITIVITY = 3; | |
986 | ||
987 | } // anonymous namespace | |
988 | ||
989 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
990 | // private helpers | |
991 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
992 | ||
993 | namespace | |
994 | { | |
995 | ||
996 | // ensure that first is less or equal to second, swapping the values if | |
997 | // necessary | |
998 | void EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(int& first, int& second) | |
999 | { | |
1000 | if ( first > second ) | |
1001 | wxSwap(first, second); | |
1002 | } | |
1003 | ||
1004 | } // anonymous namespace | |
1005 | ||
1006 | // ============================================================================ | |
1007 | // implementation | |
1008 | // ============================================================================ | |
1009 | ||
1010 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1011 | // wxGridCellEditor | |
1012 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1013 | ||
1014 | wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor() | |
1015 | { | |
1016 | m_control = NULL; | |
1017 | m_attr = NULL; | |
1018 | } | |
1019 | ||
1020 | wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor() | |
1021 | { | |
1022 | Destroy(); | |
1023 | } | |
1024 | ||
1025 | void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent), | |
1026 | wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id), | |
1027 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1028 | { | |
1029 | if ( evtHandler ) | |
1030 | m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler); | |
1031 | } | |
1032 | ||
1033 | void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1034 | wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
1035 | { | |
1036 | // erase the background because we might not fill the cell | |
1037 | wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent()); | |
1038 | wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow); | |
1039 | if (gridWindow) | |
1040 | gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc); | |
1041 | ||
1042 | dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); | |
1043 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour())); | |
1044 | dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell); | |
1045 | ||
1046 | // redraw the control we just painted over | |
1047 | m_control->Refresh(); | |
1048 | } | |
1049 | ||
1050 | void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy() | |
1051 | { | |
1052 | if (m_control) | |
1053 | { | |
1054 | m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ ); | |
1055 | ||
1056 | m_control->Destroy(); | |
1057 | m_control = NULL; | |
1058 | } | |
1059 | } | |
1060 | ||
1061 | void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
1062 | { | |
1063 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
1064 | ||
1065 | m_control->Show(show); | |
1066 | ||
1067 | if ( show ) | |
1068 | { | |
1069 | // set the colours/fonts if we have any | |
1070 | if ( attr ) | |
1071 | { | |
1072 | m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour(); | |
1073 | m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour()); | |
1074 | ||
1075 | m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
1076 | m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour()); | |
1077 | ||
1078 | // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms | |
1079 | #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__) | |
1080 | m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont(); | |
1081 | m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont()); | |
1082 | #endif | |
1083 | ||
1084 | // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other | |
1085 | // attributes may only be used by the derived classes | |
1086 | } | |
1087 | } | |
1088 | else | |
1089 | { | |
1090 | // restore the standard colours fonts | |
1091 | if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() ) | |
1092 | { | |
1093 | m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld); | |
1094 | m_colFgOld = wxNullColour; | |
1095 | } | |
1096 | ||
1097 | if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() ) | |
1098 | { | |
1099 | m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld); | |
1100 | m_colBgOld = wxNullColour; | |
1101 | } | |
1102 | ||
1103 | // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms | |
1104 | #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__) | |
1105 | if ( m_fontOld.Ok() ) | |
1106 | { | |
1107 | m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld); | |
1108 | m_fontOld = wxNullFont; | |
1109 | } | |
1110 | #endif | |
1111 | } | |
1112 | } | |
1113 | ||
1114 | void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect) | |
1115 | { | |
1116 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
1117 | ||
1118 | m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE); | |
1119 | } | |
1120 | ||
1121 | void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1122 | { | |
1123 | event.Skip(); | |
1124 | } | |
1125 | ||
1126 | bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1127 | { | |
1128 | bool ctrl = event.ControlDown(); | |
1129 | bool alt = event.AltDown(); | |
1130 | ||
1131 | #ifdef __WXMAC__ | |
1132 | // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of | |
1133 | // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead. | |
1134 | alt = event.MetaDown(); | |
1135 | #endif | |
1136 | ||
1137 | // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are | |
1138 | // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them | |
1139 | // through in that case. | |
1140 | if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt)) | |
1141 | return false; | |
1142 | ||
1143 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE | |
1144 | // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may | |
1145 | // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a | |
1146 | // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but | |
1147 | // don't do anything for function keys or etc. | |
1148 | if ( event.GetUnicodeKey() > 127 && event.GetKeyCode() > 127 ) | |
1149 | return false; | |
1150 | #else | |
1151 | if ( event.GetKeyCode() > 255 ) | |
1152 | return false; | |
1153 | #endif | |
1154 | ||
1155 | return true; | |
1156 | } | |
1157 | ||
1158 | void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1159 | { | |
1160 | event.Skip(); | |
1161 | } | |
1162 | ||
1163 | void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick() | |
1164 | { | |
1165 | } | |
1166 | ||
1167 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
1168 | ||
1169 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1170 | // wxGridCellTextEditor | |
1171 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1172 | ||
1173 | wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor() | |
1174 | { | |
1175 | m_maxChars = 0; | |
1176 | } | |
1177 | ||
1178 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
1179 | wxWindowID id, | |
1180 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1181 | { | |
1182 | DoCreate(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1183 | } | |
1184 | ||
1185 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoCreate(wxWindow* parent, | |
1186 | wxWindowID id, | |
1187 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler, | |
1188 | long style) | |
1189 | { | |
1190 | style |= wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER | wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxNO_BORDER; | |
1191 | ||
1192 | m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
1193 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
1194 | style); | |
1195 | ||
1196 | // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set | |
1197 | if ( m_maxChars != 0 ) | |
1198 | { | |
1199 | Text()->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars); | |
1200 | } | |
1201 | ||
1202 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1203 | } | |
1204 | ||
1205 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell), | |
1206 | wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr)) | |
1207 | { | |
1208 | // as we fill the entire client area, | |
1209 | // don't do anything here to minimize flicker | |
1210 | } | |
1211 | ||
1212 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig) | |
1213 | { | |
1214 | wxRect rect(rectOrig); | |
1215 | ||
1216 | // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins | |
1217 | // | |
1218 | // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix | |
1219 | // | |
1220 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) | |
1221 | if (rect.x != 0) | |
1222 | { | |
1223 | rect.x += 1; | |
1224 | rect.y += 1; | |
1225 | rect.width -= 1; | |
1226 | rect.height -= 1; | |
1227 | } | |
1228 | #elif defined(__WXMSW__) | |
1229 | if ( rect.x == 0 ) | |
1230 | rect.x += 2; | |
1231 | else | |
1232 | rect.x += 3; | |
1233 | ||
1234 | if ( rect.y == 0 ) | |
1235 | rect.y += 2; | |
1236 | else | |
1237 | rect.y += 3; | |
1238 | ||
1239 | rect.width -= 2; | |
1240 | rect.height -= 2; | |
1241 | #else | |
1242 | int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1; | |
1243 | int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1; | |
1244 | ||
1245 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
1246 | extra_x *= 2; | |
1247 | extra_y *= 2; | |
1248 | #endif | |
1249 | ||
1250 | rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) ); | |
1251 | rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) ); | |
1252 | rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x ); | |
1253 | rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y ); | |
1254 | #endif | |
1255 | ||
1256 | wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect); | |
1257 | } | |
1258 | ||
1259 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1260 | { | |
1261 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
1262 | ||
1263 | m_value = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col); | |
1264 | ||
1265 | DoBeginEdit(m_value); | |
1266 | } | |
1267 | ||
1268 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue) | |
1269 | { | |
1270 | Text()->SetValue(startValue); | |
1271 | Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
1272 | Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1); | |
1273 | Text()->SetFocus(); | |
1274 | } | |
1275 | ||
1276 | bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(const wxString& WXUNUSED(oldval), | |
1277 | wxString *newval) | |
1278 | { | |
1279 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_control, false, | |
1280 | "wxGridCellTextEditor must be created first!" ); | |
1281 | ||
1282 | const wxString value = Text()->GetValue(); | |
1283 | if ( value == m_value ) | |
1284 | return false; | |
1285 | ||
1286 | m_value = value; | |
1287 | ||
1288 | if ( newval ) | |
1289 | *newval = m_value; | |
1290 | ||
1291 | return true; | |
1292 | } | |
1293 | ||
1294 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1295 | { | |
1296 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, m_value); | |
1297 | m_value.clear(); | |
1298 | } | |
1299 | ||
1300 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset() | |
1301 | { | |
1302 | wxASSERT_MSG( m_control, "wxGridCellTextEditor must be created first!" ); | |
1303 | ||
1304 | DoReset(m_value); | |
1305 | } | |
1306 | ||
1307 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue) | |
1308 | { | |
1309 | Text()->SetValue(startValue); | |
1310 | Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
1311 | } | |
1312 | ||
1313 | bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1314 | { | |
1315 | return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event); | |
1316 | } | |
1317 | ||
1318 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1319 | { | |
1320 | // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no | |
1321 | // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control. | |
1322 | // Do it ourselves instead. We know that if we get this far that we have | |
1323 | // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done. | |
1324 | ||
1325 | wxTextCtrl* tc = Text(); | |
1326 | wxChar ch; | |
1327 | long pos; | |
1328 | ||
1329 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE | |
1330 | ch = event.GetUnicodeKey(); | |
1331 | if (ch <= 127) | |
1332 | ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1333 | #else | |
1334 | ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1335 | #endif | |
1336 | ||
1337 | switch (ch) | |
1338 | { | |
1339 | case WXK_DELETE: | |
1340 | // delete the character at the cursor | |
1341 | pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint(); | |
1342 | if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition()) | |
1343 | tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1); | |
1344 | break; | |
1345 | ||
1346 | case WXK_BACK: | |
1347 | // delete the character before the cursor | |
1348 | pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint(); | |
1349 | if (pos > 0) | |
1350 | tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos); | |
1351 | break; | |
1352 | ||
1353 | default: | |
1354 | tc->WriteText(ch); | |
1355 | break; | |
1356 | } | |
1357 | } | |
1358 | ||
1359 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent& | |
1360 | WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) ) | |
1361 | { | |
1362 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) | |
1363 | // wxMotif needs a little extra help... | |
1364 | size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() ); | |
1365 | wxString s( Text()->GetValue() ); | |
1366 | s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos); | |
1367 | Text()->SetValue(s); | |
1368 | Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos ); | |
1369 | #else | |
1370 | // the other ports can handle a Return key press | |
1371 | // | |
1372 | event.Skip(); | |
1373 | #endif | |
1374 | } | |
1375 | ||
1376 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
1377 | { | |
1378 | if ( !params ) | |
1379 | { | |
1380 | // reset to default | |
1381 | m_maxChars = 0; | |
1382 | } | |
1383 | else | |
1384 | { | |
1385 | long tmp; | |
1386 | if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1387 | { | |
1388 | m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp; | |
1389 | } | |
1390 | else | |
1391 | { | |
1392 | wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() ); | |
1393 | } | |
1394 | } | |
1395 | } | |
1396 | ||
1397 | // return the value in the text control | |
1398 | wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const | |
1399 | { | |
1400 | return Text()->GetValue(); | |
1401 | } | |
1402 | ||
1403 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1404 | // wxGridCellNumberEditor | |
1405 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1406 | ||
1407 | wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max) | |
1408 | { | |
1409 | m_min = min; | |
1410 | m_max = max; | |
1411 | } | |
1412 | ||
1413 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
1414 | wxWindowID id, | |
1415 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1416 | { | |
1417 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
1418 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
1419 | { | |
1420 | // create a spin ctrl | |
1421 | m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString, | |
1422 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
1423 | wxSP_ARROW_KEYS, | |
1424 | m_min, m_max); | |
1425 | ||
1426 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1427 | } | |
1428 | else | |
1429 | #endif | |
1430 | { | |
1431 | // just a text control | |
1432 | wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1433 | ||
1434 | #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
1435 | Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC)); | |
1436 | #endif | |
1437 | } | |
1438 | } | |
1439 | ||
1440 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1441 | { | |
1442 | // first get the value | |
1443 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable(); | |
1444 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) | |
1445 | { | |
1446 | m_value = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col); | |
1447 | } | |
1448 | else | |
1449 | { | |
1450 | m_value = 0; | |
1451 | wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
1452 | if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_value) && ! sValue.empty()) | |
1453 | { | |
1454 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") ); | |
1455 | return; | |
1456 | } | |
1457 | } | |
1458 | ||
1459 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
1460 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
1461 | { | |
1462 | Spin()->SetValue((int)m_value); | |
1463 | Spin()->SetFocus(); | |
1464 | } | |
1465 | else | |
1466 | #endif | |
1467 | { | |
1468 | DoBeginEdit(GetString()); | |
1469 | } | |
1470 | } | |
1471 | ||
1472 | bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(const wxString& oldval, wxString *newval) | |
1473 | { | |
1474 | long value = 0; | |
1475 | wxString text; | |
1476 | ||
1477 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
1478 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
1479 | { | |
1480 | value = Spin()->GetValue(); | |
1481 | if ( value == m_value ) | |
1482 | return false; | |
1483 | ||
1484 | text.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value); | |
1485 | } | |
1486 | else // using unconstrained input | |
1487 | #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
1488 | { | |
1489 | text = Text()->GetValue(); | |
1490 | if ( text.empty() ) | |
1491 | { | |
1492 | if ( oldval.empty() ) | |
1493 | return false; | |
1494 | } | |
1495 | else // non-empty text now (maybe 0) | |
1496 | { | |
1497 | if ( !text.ToLong(&value) ) | |
1498 | return false; | |
1499 | ||
1500 | // if value == m_value == 0 but old text was "" and new one is | |
1501 | // "0" something still did change | |
1502 | if ( value == m_value && (value || !oldval.empty()) ) | |
1503 | return false; | |
1504 | } | |
1505 | } | |
1506 | ||
1507 | m_value = value; | |
1508 | ||
1509 | if ( newval ) | |
1510 | *newval = text; | |
1511 | ||
1512 | return true; | |
1513 | } | |
1514 | ||
1515 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1516 | { | |
1517 | wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable(); | |
1518 | if ( table->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) | |
1519 | table->SetValueAsLong(row, col, m_value); | |
1520 | else | |
1521 | table->SetValue(row, col, wxString::Format("%ld", m_value)); | |
1522 | } | |
1523 | ||
1524 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset() | |
1525 | { | |
1526 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
1527 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
1528 | { | |
1529 | Spin()->SetValue((int)m_value); | |
1530 | } | |
1531 | else | |
1532 | #endif | |
1533 | { | |
1534 | DoReset(GetString()); | |
1535 | } | |
1536 | } | |
1537 | ||
1538 | bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1539 | { | |
1540 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
1541 | { | |
1542 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1543 | if ( (keycode < 128) && | |
1544 | (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')) | |
1545 | { | |
1546 | return true; | |
1547 | } | |
1548 | } | |
1549 | ||
1550 | return false; | |
1551 | } | |
1552 | ||
1553 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1554 | { | |
1555 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1556 | if ( !HasRange() ) | |
1557 | { | |
1558 | if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-') | |
1559 | { | |
1560 | wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event); | |
1561 | ||
1562 | // skip Skip() below | |
1563 | return; | |
1564 | } | |
1565 | } | |
1566 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
1567 | else | |
1568 | { | |
1569 | if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) ) | |
1570 | { | |
1571 | wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control; | |
1572 | spin->SetValue(keycode - '0'); | |
1573 | spin->SetSelection(1,1); | |
1574 | return; | |
1575 | } | |
1576 | } | |
1577 | #endif | |
1578 | ||
1579 | event.Skip(); | |
1580 | } | |
1581 | ||
1582 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
1583 | { | |
1584 | if ( !params ) | |
1585 | { | |
1586 | // reset to default | |
1587 | m_min = | |
1588 | m_max = -1; | |
1589 | } | |
1590 | else | |
1591 | { | |
1592 | long tmp; | |
1593 | if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1594 | { | |
1595 | m_min = (int)tmp; | |
1596 | ||
1597 | if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1598 | { | |
1599 | m_max = (int)tmp; | |
1600 | ||
1601 | // skip the error message below | |
1602 | return; | |
1603 | } | |
1604 | } | |
1605 | ||
1606 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
1607 | } | |
1608 | } | |
1609 | ||
1610 | // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise) | |
1611 | wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const | |
1612 | { | |
1613 | wxString s; | |
1614 | ||
1615 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
1616 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
1617 | { | |
1618 | long value = Spin()->GetValue(); | |
1619 | s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value); | |
1620 | } | |
1621 | else | |
1622 | #endif | |
1623 | { | |
1624 | s = Text()->GetValue(); | |
1625 | } | |
1626 | ||
1627 | return s; | |
1628 | } | |
1629 | ||
1630 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1631 | // wxGridCellFloatEditor | |
1632 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1633 | ||
1634 | wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision) | |
1635 | { | |
1636 | m_width = width; | |
1637 | m_precision = precision; | |
1638 | } | |
1639 | ||
1640 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
1641 | wxWindowID id, | |
1642 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1643 | { | |
1644 | wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1645 | ||
1646 | #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
1647 | Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC)); | |
1648 | #endif | |
1649 | } | |
1650 | ||
1651 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1652 | { | |
1653 | // first get the value | |
1654 | wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable(); | |
1655 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) ) | |
1656 | { | |
1657 | m_value = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col); | |
1658 | } | |
1659 | else | |
1660 | { | |
1661 | m_value = 0.0; | |
1662 | ||
1663 | const wxString value = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
1664 | if ( !value.empty() ) | |
1665 | { | |
1666 | if ( !value.ToDouble(&m_value) ) | |
1667 | { | |
1668 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") ); | |
1669 | return; | |
1670 | } | |
1671 | } | |
1672 | } | |
1673 | ||
1674 | DoBeginEdit(GetString()); | |
1675 | } | |
1676 | ||
1677 | bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(const wxString& oldval, wxString *newval) | |
1678 | { | |
1679 | const wxString text(Text()->GetValue()); | |
1680 | ||
1681 | double value; | |
1682 | if ( !text.empty() ) | |
1683 | { | |
1684 | if ( !text.ToDouble(&value) ) | |
1685 | return false; | |
1686 | } | |
1687 | else // new value is empty string | |
1688 | { | |
1689 | if ( oldval.empty() ) | |
1690 | return false; // nothing changed | |
1691 | ||
1692 | value = 0.; | |
1693 | } | |
1694 | ||
1695 | // the test for empty strings ensures that we don't skip the value setting | |
1696 | // when "" is replaced by "0" or vice versa as "" numeric value is also 0. | |
1697 | if ( wxIsSameDouble(value, m_value) && !text.empty() && !oldval.empty() ) | |
1698 | return false; // nothing changed | |
1699 | ||
1700 | m_value = value; | |
1701 | ||
1702 | if ( newval ) | |
1703 | *newval = text; | |
1704 | ||
1705 | return true; | |
1706 | } | |
1707 | ||
1708 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1709 | { | |
1710 | wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable(); | |
1711 | ||
1712 | if ( table->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) ) | |
1713 | table->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, m_value); | |
1714 | else | |
1715 | table->SetValue(row, col, Text()->GetValue()); | |
1716 | } | |
1717 | ||
1718 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset() | |
1719 | { | |
1720 | DoReset(GetString()); | |
1721 | } | |
1722 | ||
1723 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1724 | { | |
1725 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1726 | char tmpbuf[2]; | |
1727 | tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode; | |
1728 | tmpbuf[1] = '\0'; | |
1729 | wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent); | |
1730 | ||
1731 | #if wxUSE_INTL | |
1732 | bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == | |
1733 | wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) ); | |
1734 | #else | |
1735 | bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") ); | |
1736 | #endif | |
1737 | ||
1738 | if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-' | |
1739 | || is_decimal_point ) | |
1740 | { | |
1741 | wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event); | |
1742 | ||
1743 | // skip Skip() below | |
1744 | return; | |
1745 | } | |
1746 | ||
1747 | event.Skip(); | |
1748 | } | |
1749 | ||
1750 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
1751 | { | |
1752 | if ( !params ) | |
1753 | { | |
1754 | // reset to default | |
1755 | m_width = | |
1756 | m_precision = -1; | |
1757 | } | |
1758 | else | |
1759 | { | |
1760 | long tmp; | |
1761 | if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1762 | { | |
1763 | m_width = (int)tmp; | |
1764 | ||
1765 | if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1766 | { | |
1767 | m_precision = (int)tmp; | |
1768 | ||
1769 | // skip the error message below | |
1770 | return; | |
1771 | } | |
1772 | } | |
1773 | ||
1774 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
1775 | } | |
1776 | } | |
1777 | ||
1778 | wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const | |
1779 | { | |
1780 | wxString fmt; | |
1781 | if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1) | |
1782 | { | |
1783 | // default precision | |
1784 | fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width); | |
1785 | } | |
1786 | else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1) | |
1787 | { | |
1788 | // default width | |
1789 | fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision); | |
1790 | } | |
1791 | else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 ) | |
1792 | { | |
1793 | fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision); | |
1794 | } | |
1795 | else | |
1796 | { | |
1797 | // default width/precision | |
1798 | fmt = _T("%f"); | |
1799 | } | |
1800 | ||
1801 | return wxString::Format(fmt, m_value); | |
1802 | } | |
1803 | ||
1804 | bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1805 | { | |
1806 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
1807 | { | |
1808 | const int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1809 | if ( isascii(keycode) ) | |
1810 | { | |
1811 | char tmpbuf[2]; | |
1812 | tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode; | |
1813 | tmpbuf[1] = '\0'; | |
1814 | wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent); | |
1815 | ||
1816 | #if wxUSE_INTL | |
1817 | const wxString decimalPoint = | |
1818 | wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER); | |
1819 | #else | |
1820 | const wxString decimalPoint(_T('.')); | |
1821 | #endif | |
1822 | ||
1823 | // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.' | |
1824 | if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || | |
1825 | tolower(keycode) == 'e' || | |
1826 | keycode == decimalPoint || | |
1827 | keycode == '+' || | |
1828 | keycode == '-' ) | |
1829 | { | |
1830 | return true; | |
1831 | } | |
1832 | } | |
1833 | } | |
1834 | ||
1835 | return false; | |
1836 | } | |
1837 | ||
1838 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
1839 | ||
1840 | #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
1841 | ||
1842 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1843 | // wxGridCellBoolEditor | |
1844 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1845 | ||
1846 | // the default values for GetValue() | |
1847 | wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::ms_stringValues[2] = { _T(""), _T("1") }; | |
1848 | ||
1849 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
1850 | wxWindowID id, | |
1851 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1852 | { | |
1853 | m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
1854 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
1855 | wxNO_BORDER); | |
1856 | ||
1857 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1858 | } | |
1859 | ||
1860 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r) | |
1861 | { | |
1862 | bool resize = false; | |
1863 | wxSize size = m_control->GetSize(); | |
1864 | wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height); | |
1865 | ||
1866 | // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell | |
1867 | wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize(); | |
1868 | if ( !(size == sizeBest) ) | |
1869 | { | |
1870 | // reset to default size if it had been made smaller | |
1871 | size = sizeBest; | |
1872 | ||
1873 | resize = true; | |
1874 | } | |
1875 | ||
1876 | if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize ) | |
1877 | { | |
1878 | // leave 1 pixel margin | |
1879 | size.x = size.y = minSize - 2; | |
1880 | ||
1881 | resize = true; | |
1882 | } | |
1883 | ||
1884 | if ( resize ) | |
1885 | { | |
1886 | m_control->SetSize(size); | |
1887 | } | |
1888 | ||
1889 | // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?) | |
1890 | ||
1891 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__) | |
1892 | // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK, | |
1893 | // so shift it to the right | |
1894 | size.x -= 8; | |
1895 | #elif defined(__WXMSW__) | |
1896 | // here too, but in other way | |
1897 | size.x += 1; | |
1898 | size.y -= 2; | |
1899 | #endif | |
1900 | ||
1901 | int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
1902 | int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
1903 | if (GetCellAttr()) | |
1904 | GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign); | |
1905 | ||
1906 | int x = 0, y = 0; | |
1907 | if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT) | |
1908 | { | |
1909 | x = r.x + 2; | |
1910 | ||
1911 | #ifdef __WXMSW__ | |
1912 | x += 2; | |
1913 | #endif | |
1914 | ||
1915 | y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
1916 | } | |
1917 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT) | |
1918 | { | |
1919 | x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2; | |
1920 | y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
1921 | } | |
1922 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE) | |
1923 | { | |
1924 | x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2; | |
1925 | y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
1926 | } | |
1927 | ||
1928 | m_control->Move(x, y); | |
1929 | } | |
1930 | ||
1931 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
1932 | { | |
1933 | m_control->Show(show); | |
1934 | ||
1935 | if ( show ) | |
1936 | { | |
1937 | wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY; | |
1938 | CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg); | |
1939 | } | |
1940 | } | |
1941 | ||
1942 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1943 | { | |
1944 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1945 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
1946 | ||
1947 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL)) | |
1948 | { | |
1949 | m_value = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col); | |
1950 | } | |
1951 | else | |
1952 | { | |
1953 | wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) ); | |
1954 | ||
1955 | if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[false] ) | |
1956 | m_value = false; | |
1957 | else if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[true] ) | |
1958 | m_value = true; | |
1959 | else | |
1960 | { | |
1961 | // do not try to be smart here and convert it to true or false | |
1962 | // because we'll still overwrite it with something different and | |
1963 | // this risks to be very surprising for the user code, let them | |
1964 | // know about it | |
1965 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("invalid value for a cell with bool editor!") ); | |
1966 | } | |
1967 | } | |
1968 | ||
1969 | CBox()->SetValue(m_value); | |
1970 | CBox()->SetFocus(); | |
1971 | } | |
1972 | ||
1973 | bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(const wxString& WXUNUSED(oldval), | |
1974 | wxString *newval) | |
1975 | { | |
1976 | bool value = CBox()->GetValue(); | |
1977 | if ( value == m_value ) | |
1978 | return false; | |
1979 | ||
1980 | m_value = value; | |
1981 | ||
1982 | if ( newval ) | |
1983 | *newval = GetValue(); | |
1984 | ||
1985 | return true; | |
1986 | } | |
1987 | ||
1988 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1989 | { | |
1990 | wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable(); | |
1991 | if ( table->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) ) | |
1992 | table->SetValueAsBool(row, col, m_value); | |
1993 | else | |
1994 | table->SetValue(row, col, GetValue()); | |
1995 | } | |
1996 | ||
1997 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset() | |
1998 | { | |
1999 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
2000 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
2001 | ||
2002 | CBox()->SetValue(m_value); | |
2003 | } | |
2004 | ||
2005 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick() | |
2006 | { | |
2007 | CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue()); | |
2008 | } | |
2009 | ||
2010 | bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
2011 | { | |
2012 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
2013 | { | |
2014 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
2015 | switch ( keycode ) | |
2016 | { | |
2017 | case WXK_SPACE: | |
2018 | case '+': | |
2019 | case '-': | |
2020 | return true; | |
2021 | } | |
2022 | } | |
2023 | ||
2024 | return false; | |
2025 | } | |
2026 | ||
2027 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
2028 | { | |
2029 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
2030 | switch ( keycode ) | |
2031 | { | |
2032 | case WXK_SPACE: | |
2033 | CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue()); | |
2034 | break; | |
2035 | ||
2036 | case '+': | |
2037 | CBox()->SetValue(true); | |
2038 | break; | |
2039 | ||
2040 | case '-': | |
2041 | CBox()->SetValue(false); | |
2042 | break; | |
2043 | } | |
2044 | } | |
2045 | ||
2046 | wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const | |
2047 | { | |
2048 | return ms_stringValues[CBox()->GetValue()]; | |
2049 | } | |
2050 | ||
2051 | /* static */ void | |
2052 | wxGridCellBoolEditor::UseStringValues(const wxString& valueTrue, | |
2053 | const wxString& valueFalse) | |
2054 | { | |
2055 | ms_stringValues[false] = valueFalse; | |
2056 | ms_stringValues[true] = valueTrue; | |
2057 | } | |
2058 | ||
2059 | /* static */ bool | |
2060 | wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(const wxString& value) | |
2061 | { | |
2062 | return value == ms_stringValues[true]; | |
2063 | } | |
2064 | ||
2065 | #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
2066 | ||
2067 | #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
2068 | ||
2069 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2070 | // wxGridCellChoiceEditor | |
2071 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2072 | ||
2073 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices, | |
2074 | bool allowOthers) | |
2075 | : m_choices(choices), | |
2076 | m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { } | |
2077 | ||
2078 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count, | |
2079 | const wxString choices[], | |
2080 | bool allowOthers) | |
2081 | : m_allowOthers(allowOthers) | |
2082 | { | |
2083 | if ( count ) | |
2084 | { | |
2085 | m_choices.Alloc(count); | |
2086 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2087 | { | |
2088 | m_choices.Add(choices[n]); | |
2089 | } | |
2090 | } | |
2091 | } | |
2092 | ||
2093 | wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const | |
2094 | { | |
2095 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor; | |
2096 | editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers; | |
2097 | editor->m_choices = m_choices; | |
2098 | ||
2099 | return editor; | |
2100 | } | |
2101 | ||
2102 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
2103 | wxWindowID id, | |
2104 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
2105 | { | |
2106 | int style = wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER | | |
2107 | wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | | |
2108 | wxBORDER_NONE; | |
2109 | ||
2110 | if ( !m_allowOthers ) | |
2111 | style |= wxCB_READONLY; | |
2112 | m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
2113 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
2114 | m_choices, | |
2115 | style); | |
2116 | ||
2117 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
2118 | } | |
2119 | ||
2120 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, | |
2121 | wxGridCellAttr * attr) | |
2122 | { | |
2123 | // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize | |
2124 | // flicker | |
2125 | ||
2126 | // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a | |
2127 | // combo always defaults to the standard. Until someone has time to | |
2128 | // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way. | |
2129 | wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr); | |
2130 | } | |
2131 | ||
2132 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
2133 | { | |
2134 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
2135 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
2136 | ||
2137 | wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL; | |
2138 | if (m_control) | |
2139 | evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler); | |
2140 | ||
2141 | // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit | |
2142 | if (evtHandler) | |
2143 | evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true); | |
2144 | ||
2145 | m_value = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col); | |
2146 | ||
2147 | Reset(); // this updates combo box to correspond to m_value | |
2148 | ||
2149 | Combo()->SetFocus(); | |
2150 | ||
2151 | if (evtHandler) | |
2152 | { | |
2153 | // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event | |
2154 | // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet. | |
2155 | #if !defined(__WXGTK20__) | |
2156 | evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false); | |
2157 | #endif | |
2158 | } | |
2159 | } | |
2160 | ||
2161 | bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(const wxString& WXUNUSED(oldval), | |
2162 | wxString *newval) | |
2163 | { | |
2164 | const wxString value = Combo()->GetValue(); | |
2165 | if ( value == m_value ) | |
2166 | return false; | |
2167 | ||
2168 | m_value = value; | |
2169 | ||
2170 | if ( newval ) | |
2171 | *newval = value; | |
2172 | ||
2173 | return true; | |
2174 | } | |
2175 | ||
2176 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
2177 | { | |
2178 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, m_value); | |
2179 | } | |
2180 | ||
2181 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset() | |
2182 | { | |
2183 | if (m_allowOthers) | |
2184 | { | |
2185 | Combo()->SetValue(m_value); | |
2186 | Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
2187 | } | |
2188 | else // the combobox is read-only | |
2189 | { | |
2190 | // find the right position, or default to the first if not found | |
2191 | int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_value); | |
2192 | if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND) | |
2193 | pos = 0; | |
2194 | Combo()->SetSelection(pos); | |
2195 | } | |
2196 | } | |
2197 | ||
2198 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
2199 | { | |
2200 | if ( !params ) | |
2201 | { | |
2202 | // what can we do? | |
2203 | return; | |
2204 | } | |
2205 | ||
2206 | m_choices.Empty(); | |
2207 | ||
2208 | wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(',')); | |
2209 | while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() ) | |
2210 | { | |
2211 | m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken()); | |
2212 | } | |
2213 | } | |
2214 | ||
2215 | // return the value in the text control | |
2216 | wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const | |
2217 | { | |
2218 | return Combo()->GetValue(); | |
2219 | } | |
2220 | ||
2221 | #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
2222 | ||
2223 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2224 | // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler | |
2225 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2226 | ||
2227 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) | |
2228 | { | |
2229 | // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it | |
2230 | if (m_inSetFocus) | |
2231 | return; | |
2232 | ||
2233 | // accept changes | |
2234 | m_grid->DisableCellEditControl(); | |
2235 | ||
2236 | event.Skip(); | |
2237 | } | |
2238 | ||
2239 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
2240 | { | |
2241 | switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) | |
2242 | { | |
2243 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
2244 | m_editor->Reset(); | |
2245 | m_grid->DisableCellEditControl(); | |
2246 | break; | |
2247 | ||
2248 | case WXK_TAB: | |
2249 | m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); | |
2250 | break; | |
2251 | ||
2252 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
2253 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
2254 | if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event)) | |
2255 | m_editor->HandleReturn(event); | |
2256 | break; | |
2257 | ||
2258 | default: | |
2259 | event.Skip(); | |
2260 | break; | |
2261 | } | |
2262 | } | |
2263 | ||
2264 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
2265 | { | |
2266 | int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow(); | |
2267 | int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol(); | |
2268 | wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col ); | |
2269 | int cw, ch; | |
2270 | m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
2271 | ||
2272 | // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible | |
2273 | bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw); | |
2274 | ||
2275 | switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) | |
2276 | { | |
2277 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
2278 | case WXK_TAB: | |
2279 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
2280 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
2281 | break; | |
2282 | ||
2283 | case WXK_HOME: | |
2284 | { | |
2285 | if ( wholeCellVisible ) | |
2286 | { | |
2287 | // no special processing needed... | |
2288 | event.Skip(); | |
2289 | break; | |
2290 | } | |
2291 | ||
2292 | // do special processing for partly visible cell... | |
2293 | ||
2294 | // get the widths of all cells previous to this one | |
2295 | int colXPos = 0; | |
2296 | for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ ) | |
2297 | { | |
2298 | colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i); | |
2299 | } | |
2300 | ||
2301 | int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1; | |
2302 | m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit); | |
2303 | if (col != 0) | |
2304 | { | |
2305 | m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL)); | |
2306 | } | |
2307 | else | |
2308 | { | |
2309 | m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL)); | |
2310 | } | |
2311 | event.Skip(); | |
2312 | break; | |
2313 | } | |
2314 | ||
2315 | case WXK_END: | |
2316 | { | |
2317 | if ( wholeCellVisible ) | |
2318 | { | |
2319 | // no special processing needed... | |
2320 | event.Skip(); | |
2321 | break; | |
2322 | } | |
2323 | ||
2324 | // do special processing for partly visible cell... | |
2325 | ||
2326 | int textWidth = 0; | |
2327 | wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col); | |
2328 | if ( wxEmptyString != value ) | |
2329 | { | |
2330 | // get width of cell CONTENTS (text) | |
2331 | int y; | |
2332 | wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col); | |
2333 | m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font); | |
2334 | ||
2335 | // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling | |
2336 | int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); | |
2337 | ||
2338 | // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far, | |
2339 | // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar | |
2340 | // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction? | |
2341 | textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2)); | |
2342 | if ( textWidth < 0 ) | |
2343 | { | |
2344 | textWidth = 0; | |
2345 | } | |
2346 | } | |
2347 | ||
2348 | // get the widths of all cells previous to this one | |
2349 | int colXPos = 0; | |
2350 | for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ ) | |
2351 | { | |
2352 | colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i); | |
2353 | } | |
2354 | ||
2355 | // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents | |
2356 | // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents | |
2357 | colXPos += textWidth; | |
2358 | ||
2359 | int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1; | |
2360 | m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit); | |
2361 | m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL)); | |
2362 | event.Skip(); | |
2363 | break; | |
2364 | } | |
2365 | ||
2366 | default: | |
2367 | event.Skip(); | |
2368 | break; | |
2369 | } | |
2370 | } | |
2371 | ||
2372 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2373 | // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for | |
2374 | // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting | |
2375 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2376 | ||
2377 | void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params)) | |
2378 | { | |
2379 | // nothing to do | |
2380 | } | |
2381 | ||
2382 | wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker() | |
2383 | { | |
2384 | } | |
2385 | ||
2386 | // ============================================================================ | |
2387 | // renderer classes | |
2388 | // ============================================================================ | |
2389 | ||
2390 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2391 | // wxGridCellRenderer | |
2392 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2393 | ||
2394 | void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
2395 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2396 | wxDC& dc, | |
2397 | const wxRect& rect, | |
2398 | int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
2399 | bool isSelected) | |
2400 | { | |
2401 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID ); | |
2402 | ||
2403 | wxColour clr; | |
2404 | if ( grid.IsEnabled() ) | |
2405 | { | |
2406 | if ( isSelected ) | |
2407 | { | |
2408 | if ( grid.HasFocus() ) | |
2409 | clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground(); | |
2410 | else | |
2411 | clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW); | |
2412 | } | |
2413 | else | |
2414 | { | |
2415 | clr = attr.GetBackgroundColour(); | |
2416 | } | |
2417 | } | |
2418 | else // grey out fields if the grid is disabled | |
2419 | { | |
2420 | clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE); | |
2421 | } | |
2422 | ||
2423 | dc.SetBrush(clr); | |
2424 | dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); | |
2425 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
2426 | } | |
2427 | ||
2428 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2429 | // wxGridCellStringRenderer | |
2430 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2431 | ||
2432 | void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid, | |
2433 | const wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2434 | wxDC& dc, | |
2435 | bool isSelected) | |
2436 | { | |
2437 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT ); | |
2438 | ||
2439 | // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case? | |
2440 | ||
2441 | // different coloured text when the grid is disabled | |
2442 | if ( grid.IsEnabled() ) | |
2443 | { | |
2444 | if ( isSelected ) | |
2445 | { | |
2446 | wxColour clr; | |
2447 | if ( grid.HasFocus() ) | |
2448 | clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground(); | |
2449 | else | |
2450 | clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW); | |
2451 | dc.SetTextBackground( clr ); | |
2452 | dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() ); | |
2453 | } | |
2454 | else | |
2455 | { | |
2456 | dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() ); | |
2457 | dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() ); | |
2458 | } | |
2459 | } | |
2460 | else | |
2461 | { | |
2462 | dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE)); | |
2463 | dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT)); | |
2464 | } | |
2465 | ||
2466 | dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() ); | |
2467 | } | |
2468 | ||
2469 | wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2470 | wxDC& dc, | |
2471 | const wxString& text) | |
2472 | { | |
2473 | wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0; | |
2474 | dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont()); | |
2475 | wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n')); | |
2476 | while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() ) | |
2477 | { | |
2478 | dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y); | |
2479 | max_x = wxMax(max_x, x); | |
2480 | } | |
2481 | ||
2482 | y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines. | |
2483 | ||
2484 | return wxSize(max_x, y); | |
2485 | } | |
2486 | ||
2487 | wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
2488 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2489 | wxDC& dc, | |
2490 | int row, int col) | |
2491 | { | |
2492 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col)); | |
2493 | } | |
2494 | ||
2495 | void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
2496 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2497 | wxDC& dc, | |
2498 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
2499 | int row, int col, | |
2500 | bool isSelected) | |
2501 | { | |
2502 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
2503 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
2504 | ||
2505 | // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased | |
2506 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
2507 | ||
2508 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
2509 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
2510 | ||
2511 | int overflowCols = 0; | |
2512 | ||
2513 | if (attr.GetOverflow()) | |
2514 | { | |
2515 | int cols = grid.GetNumberCols(); | |
2516 | int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth(); | |
2517 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
2518 | attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0 | |
2519 | if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable()) | |
2520 | { | |
2521 | int i, c_cols, c_rows; | |
2522 | for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++) | |
2523 | { | |
2524 | bool is_empty = true; | |
2525 | for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++) | |
2526 | { | |
2527 | // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block | |
2528 | grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols); | |
2529 | if (c_rows > 0) | |
2530 | c_rows = 0; | |
2531 | if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i)) | |
2532 | { | |
2533 | is_empty = false; | |
2534 | break; | |
2535 | } | |
2536 | } | |
2537 | ||
2538 | if (is_empty) | |
2539 | { | |
2540 | rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i); | |
2541 | } | |
2542 | else | |
2543 | { | |
2544 | i--; | |
2545 | break; | |
2546 | } | |
2547 | ||
2548 | if (rect.width >= best_width) | |
2549 | break; | |
2550 | } | |
2551 | ||
2552 | overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1; | |
2553 | if (overflowCols >= cols) | |
2554 | overflowCols = cols - 1; | |
2555 | } | |
2556 | ||
2557 | if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight | |
2558 | { | |
2559 | hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned | |
2560 | wxRect clip = rect; | |
2561 | clip.x += rectCell.width; | |
2562 | // draw each overflow cell individually | |
2563 | int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols; | |
2564 | if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols()) | |
2565 | col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1; | |
2566 | for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++) | |
2567 | { | |
2568 | clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1; | |
2569 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); | |
2570 | dc.SetClippingRegion(clip); | |
2571 | ||
2572 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, | |
2573 | grid.IsInSelection(row,i)); | |
2574 | ||
2575 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col), | |
2576 | rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
2577 | clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1; | |
2578 | } | |
2579 | ||
2580 | rect = rectCell; | |
2581 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
2582 | rect.width++; | |
2583 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); | |
2584 | } | |
2585 | } | |
2586 | ||
2587 | // now we only have to draw the text | |
2588 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
2589 | ||
2590 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col), | |
2591 | rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
2592 | } | |
2593 | ||
2594 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2595 | // wxGridCellNumberRenderer | |
2596 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2597 | ||
2598 | wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col) | |
2599 | { | |
2600 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable(); | |
2601 | wxString text; | |
2602 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) | |
2603 | { | |
2604 | text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col)); | |
2605 | } | |
2606 | else | |
2607 | { | |
2608 | text = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
2609 | } | |
2610 | ||
2611 | return text; | |
2612 | } | |
2613 | ||
2614 | void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
2615 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2616 | wxDC& dc, | |
2617 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
2618 | int row, int col, | |
2619 | bool isSelected) | |
2620 | { | |
2621 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
2622 | ||
2623 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
2624 | ||
2625 | // draw the text right aligned by default | |
2626 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
2627 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
2628 | hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT; | |
2629 | ||
2630 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
2631 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
2632 | ||
2633 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
2634 | } | |
2635 | ||
2636 | wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
2637 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2638 | wxDC& dc, | |
2639 | int row, int col) | |
2640 | { | |
2641 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col)); | |
2642 | } | |
2643 | ||
2644 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2645 | // wxGridCellFloatRenderer | |
2646 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2647 | ||
2648 | wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision) | |
2649 | { | |
2650 | SetWidth(width); | |
2651 | SetPrecision(precision); | |
2652 | } | |
2653 | ||
2654 | wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const | |
2655 | { | |
2656 | wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer; | |
2657 | renderer->m_width = m_width; | |
2658 | renderer->m_precision = m_precision; | |
2659 | renderer->m_format = m_format; | |
2660 | ||
2661 | return renderer; | |
2662 | } | |
2663 | ||
2664 | wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col) | |
2665 | { | |
2666 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable(); | |
2667 | ||
2668 | bool hasDouble; | |
2669 | double val; | |
2670 | wxString text; | |
2671 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) ) | |
2672 | { | |
2673 | val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col); | |
2674 | hasDouble = true; | |
2675 | } | |
2676 | else | |
2677 | { | |
2678 | text = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
2679 | hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val); | |
2680 | } | |
2681 | ||
2682 | if ( hasDouble ) | |
2683 | { | |
2684 | if ( !m_format ) | |
2685 | { | |
2686 | if ( m_width == -1 ) | |
2687 | { | |
2688 | if ( m_precision == -1 ) | |
2689 | { | |
2690 | // default width/precision | |
2691 | m_format = _T("%f"); | |
2692 | } | |
2693 | else | |
2694 | { | |
2695 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision); | |
2696 | } | |
2697 | } | |
2698 | else if ( m_precision == -1 ) | |
2699 | { | |
2700 | // default precision | |
2701 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width); | |
2702 | } | |
2703 | else | |
2704 | { | |
2705 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision); | |
2706 | } | |
2707 | } | |
2708 | ||
2709 | text.Printf(m_format, val); | |
2710 | ||
2711 | } | |
2712 | //else: text already contains the string | |
2713 | ||
2714 | return text; | |
2715 | } | |
2716 | ||
2717 | void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
2718 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2719 | wxDC& dc, | |
2720 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
2721 | int row, int col, | |
2722 | bool isSelected) | |
2723 | { | |
2724 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
2725 | ||
2726 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
2727 | ||
2728 | // draw the text right aligned by default | |
2729 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
2730 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
2731 | hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT; | |
2732 | ||
2733 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
2734 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
2735 | ||
2736 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
2737 | } | |
2738 | ||
2739 | wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
2740 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2741 | wxDC& dc, | |
2742 | int row, int col) | |
2743 | { | |
2744 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col)); | |
2745 | } | |
2746 | ||
2747 | void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
2748 | { | |
2749 | if ( !params ) | |
2750 | { | |
2751 | // reset to defaults | |
2752 | SetWidth(-1); | |
2753 | SetPrecision(-1); | |
2754 | } | |
2755 | else | |
2756 | { | |
2757 | wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')); | |
2758 | if ( !tmp.empty() ) | |
2759 | { | |
2760 | long width; | |
2761 | if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) ) | |
2762 | { | |
2763 | SetWidth((int)width); | |
2764 | } | |
2765 | else | |
2766 | { | |
2767 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
2768 | } | |
2769 | } | |
2770 | ||
2771 | tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(',')); | |
2772 | if ( !tmp.empty() ) | |
2773 | { | |
2774 | long precision; | |
2775 | if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) ) | |
2776 | { | |
2777 | SetPrecision((int)precision); | |
2778 | } | |
2779 | else | |
2780 | { | |
2781 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
2782 | } | |
2783 | } | |
2784 | } | |
2785 | } | |
2786 | ||
2787 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2788 | // wxGridCellBoolRenderer | |
2789 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2790 | ||
2791 | wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark; | |
2792 | ||
2793 | // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly... | |
2794 | ||
2795 | // between checkmark and box | |
2796 | static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2; | |
2797 | ||
2798 | wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
2799 | wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr), | |
2800 | wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), | |
2801 | int WXUNUSED(row), | |
2802 | int WXUNUSED(col)) | |
2803 | { | |
2804 | // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...) | |
2805 | if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x ) | |
2806 | { | |
2807 | // get checkbox size | |
2808 | wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString); | |
2809 | wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize(); | |
2810 | wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN; | |
2811 | ||
2812 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
2813 | checkSize -= size.y / 2; | |
2814 | #endif | |
2815 | ||
2816 | delete checkbox; | |
2817 | ||
2818 | ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize; | |
2819 | } | |
2820 | ||
2821 | return ms_sizeCheckMark; | |
2822 | } | |
2823 | ||
2824 | void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
2825 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2826 | wxDC& dc, | |
2827 | const wxRect& rect, | |
2828 | int row, int col, | |
2829 | bool isSelected) | |
2830 | { | |
2831 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected); | |
2832 | ||
2833 | // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO) | |
2834 | wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col); | |
2835 | ||
2836 | // don't draw outside the cell | |
2837 | wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height); | |
2838 | if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize ) | |
2839 | { | |
2840 | // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin | |
2841 | size.x = size.y = minSize; | |
2842 | } | |
2843 | ||
2844 | // draw a border around checkmark | |
2845 | int vAlign, hAlign; | |
2846 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
2847 | ||
2848 | wxRect rectBorder; | |
2849 | if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE) | |
2850 | { | |
2851 | rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2; | |
2852 | rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
2853 | rectBorder.width = size.x; | |
2854 | rectBorder.height = size.y; | |
2855 | } | |
2856 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT) | |
2857 | { | |
2858 | rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2; | |
2859 | rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
2860 | rectBorder.width = size.x; | |
2861 | rectBorder.height = size.y; | |
2862 | } | |
2863 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT) | |
2864 | { | |
2865 | rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2; | |
2866 | rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
2867 | rectBorder.width = size.x; | |
2868 | rectBorder.height = size.y; | |
2869 | } | |
2870 | ||
2871 | bool value; | |
2872 | if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) ) | |
2873 | { | |
2874 | value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col); | |
2875 | } | |
2876 | else | |
2877 | { | |
2878 | wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) ); | |
2879 | value = wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(cellval); | |
2880 | } | |
2881 | ||
2882 | int flags = 0; | |
2883 | if (value) | |
2884 | flags |= wxCONTROL_CHECKED; | |
2885 | ||
2886 | wxRendererNative::Get().DrawCheckBox( &grid, dc, rectBorder, flags ); | |
2887 | } | |
2888 | ||
2889 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2890 | // wxGridCellAttr | |
2891 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2892 | ||
2893 | void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault) | |
2894 | { | |
2895 | m_nRef = 1; | |
2896 | ||
2897 | m_isReadOnly = Unset; | |
2898 | ||
2899 | m_renderer = NULL; | |
2900 | m_editor = NULL; | |
2901 | ||
2902 | m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell; | |
2903 | ||
2904 | m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1; | |
2905 | m_overflow = UnsetOverflow; | |
2906 | ||
2907 | SetDefAttr(attrDefault); | |
2908 | } | |
2909 | ||
2910 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const | |
2911 | { | |
2912 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr); | |
2913 | ||
2914 | if ( HasTextColour() ) | |
2915 | attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour()); | |
2916 | if ( HasBackgroundColour() ) | |
2917 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour()); | |
2918 | if ( HasFont() ) | |
2919 | attr->SetFont(GetFont()); | |
2920 | if ( HasAlignment() ) | |
2921 | attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign); | |
2922 | ||
2923 | attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols ); | |
2924 | ||
2925 | if ( m_renderer ) | |
2926 | { | |
2927 | attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer); | |
2928 | m_renderer->IncRef(); | |
2929 | } | |
2930 | if ( m_editor ) | |
2931 | { | |
2932 | attr->SetEditor(m_editor); | |
2933 | m_editor->IncRef(); | |
2934 | } | |
2935 | ||
2936 | if ( IsReadOnly() ) | |
2937 | attr->SetReadOnly(); | |
2938 | ||
2939 | attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow ); | |
2940 | attr->SetKind( m_attrkind ); | |
2941 | ||
2942 | return attr; | |
2943 | } | |
2944 | ||
2945 | void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom) | |
2946 | { | |
2947 | if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() ) | |
2948 | SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour()); | |
2949 | if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() ) | |
2950 | SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour()); | |
2951 | if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() ) | |
2952 | SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont()); | |
2953 | if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() ) | |
2954 | { | |
2955 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
2956 | mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign); | |
2957 | SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); | |
2958 | } | |
2959 | if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() ) | |
2960 | mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols ); | |
2961 | ||
2962 | // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return | |
2963 | // m_renderer/m_editor | |
2964 | // | |
2965 | // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor? | |
2966 | if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() ) | |
2967 | { | |
2968 | m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer; | |
2969 | m_renderer->IncRef(); | |
2970 | } | |
2971 | if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() ) | |
2972 | { | |
2973 | m_editor = mergefrom->m_editor; | |
2974 | m_editor->IncRef(); | |
2975 | } | |
2976 | if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() ) | |
2977 | SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly()); | |
2978 | ||
2979 | if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() ) | |
2980 | SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow()); | |
2981 | ||
2982 | SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr); | |
2983 | } | |
2984 | ||
2985 | void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols) | |
2986 | { | |
2987 | // The size of a cell is normally 1,1 | |
2988 | ||
2989 | // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell | |
2990 | // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be | |
2991 | // set to negative or zero values such that | |
2992 | // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell) | |
2993 | // same goes for the col + num_cols. | |
2994 | ||
2995 | // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value | |
2996 | ||
2997 | wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) || | |
2998 | !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) || | |
2999 | !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))), | |
3000 | wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values")); | |
3001 | ||
3002 | m_sizeRows = num_rows; | |
3003 | m_sizeCols = num_cols; | |
3004 | } | |
3005 | ||
3006 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const | |
3007 | { | |
3008 | if (HasTextColour()) | |
3009 | { | |
3010 | return m_colText; | |
3011 | } | |
3012 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
3013 | { | |
3014 | return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour(); | |
3015 | } | |
3016 | else | |
3017 | { | |
3018 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
3019 | return wxNullColour; | |
3020 | } | |
3021 | } | |
3022 | ||
3023 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const | |
3024 | { | |
3025 | if (HasBackgroundColour()) | |
3026 | { | |
3027 | return m_colBack; | |
3028 | } | |
3029 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
3030 | { | |
3031 | return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
3032 | } | |
3033 | else | |
3034 | { | |
3035 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
3036 | return wxNullColour; | |
3037 | } | |
3038 | } | |
3039 | ||
3040 | const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const | |
3041 | { | |
3042 | if (HasFont()) | |
3043 | { | |
3044 | return m_font; | |
3045 | } | |
3046 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
3047 | { | |
3048 | return m_defGridAttr->GetFont(); | |
3049 | } | |
3050 | else | |
3051 | { | |
3052 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
3053 | return wxNullFont; | |
3054 | } | |
3055 | } | |
3056 | ||
3057 | void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const | |
3058 | { | |
3059 | if (HasAlignment()) | |
3060 | { | |
3061 | if ( hAlign ) | |
3062 | *hAlign = m_hAlign; | |
3063 | if ( vAlign ) | |
3064 | *vAlign = m_vAlign; | |
3065 | } | |
3066 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
3067 | { | |
3068 | m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); | |
3069 | } | |
3070 | else | |
3071 | { | |
3072 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
3073 | } | |
3074 | } | |
3075 | ||
3076 | void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const | |
3077 | { | |
3078 | if ( num_rows ) | |
3079 | *num_rows = m_sizeRows; | |
3080 | if ( num_cols ) | |
3081 | *num_cols = m_sizeCols; | |
3082 | } | |
3083 | ||
3084 | // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about | |
3085 | // which attribute to use. If a non-default attr object has one then it is | |
3086 | // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and | |
3087 | // used. It should be the default for the data type of the cell. If it is | |
3088 | // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its | |
3089 | // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used. | |
3090 | ||
3091 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const | |
3092 | { | |
3093 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL; | |
3094 | ||
3095 | if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr ) | |
3096 | { | |
3097 | // use the cells renderer if it has one | |
3098 | renderer = m_renderer; | |
3099 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
3100 | } | |
3101 | else // no non-default cell renderer | |
3102 | { | |
3103 | // get default renderer for the data type | |
3104 | if ( grid ) | |
3105 | { | |
3106 | // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us | |
3107 | renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col); | |
3108 | } | |
3109 | ||
3110 | if ( renderer == NULL ) | |
3111 | { | |
3112 | if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) ) | |
3113 | { | |
3114 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default | |
3115 | // (no need for IncRef() here neither) | |
3116 | renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0); | |
3117 | } | |
3118 | else // default grid attr | |
3119 | { | |
3120 | // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially | |
3121 | renderer = m_renderer; | |
3122 | if ( renderer ) | |
3123 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
3124 | } | |
3125 | } | |
3126 | } | |
3127 | ||
3128 | // we're supposed to always find something | |
3129 | wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer")); | |
3130 | ||
3131 | return renderer; | |
3132 | } | |
3133 | ||
3134 | // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g | |
3135 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const | |
3136 | { | |
3137 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL; | |
3138 | ||
3139 | if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr ) | |
3140 | { | |
3141 | // use the cells editor if it has one | |
3142 | editor = m_editor; | |
3143 | editor->IncRef(); | |
3144 | } | |
3145 | else // no non default cell editor | |
3146 | { | |
3147 | // get default editor for the data type | |
3148 | if ( grid ) | |
3149 | { | |
3150 | // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us | |
3151 | editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col); | |
3152 | } | |
3153 | ||
3154 | if ( editor == NULL ) | |
3155 | { | |
3156 | if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) ) | |
3157 | { | |
3158 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default | |
3159 | // (no need for IncRef() here neither) | |
3160 | editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0); | |
3161 | } | |
3162 | else // default grid attr | |
3163 | { | |
3164 | // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially | |
3165 | editor = m_editor; | |
3166 | if ( editor ) | |
3167 | editor->IncRef(); | |
3168 | } | |
3169 | } | |
3170 | } | |
3171 | ||
3172 | // we're supposed to always find something | |
3173 | wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor")); | |
3174 | ||
3175 | return editor; | |
3176 | } | |
3177 | ||
3178 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3179 | // wxGridCellAttrData | |
3180 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3181 | ||
3182 | void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col) | |
3183 | { | |
3184 | // Note: contrary to wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr, we must not | |
3185 | // touch attribute's reference counting explicitly, since this | |
3186 | // is managed by class wxGridCellWithAttr | |
3187 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); | |
3188 | if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3189 | { | |
3190 | if ( attr ) | |
3191 | { | |
3192 | // add the attribute | |
3193 | m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr)); | |
3194 | } | |
3195 | //else: nothing to do | |
3196 | } | |
3197 | else // we already have an attribute for this cell | |
3198 | { | |
3199 | if ( attr ) | |
3200 | { | |
3201 | // change the attribute | |
3202 | m_attrs[(size_t)n].ChangeAttr(attr); | |
3203 | } | |
3204 | else | |
3205 | { | |
3206 | // remove this attribute | |
3207 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
3208 | } | |
3209 | } | |
3210 | } | |
3211 | ||
3212 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const | |
3213 | { | |
3214 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; | |
3215 | ||
3216 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); | |
3217 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3218 | { | |
3219 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr; | |
3220 | attr->IncRef(); | |
3221 | } | |
3222 | ||
3223 | return attr; | |
3224 | } | |
3225 | ||
3226 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) | |
3227 | { | |
3228 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
3229 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
3230 | { | |
3231 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
3232 | wxCoord row = coords.GetRow(); | |
3233 | if ((size_t)row >= pos) | |
3234 | { | |
3235 | if (numRows > 0) | |
3236 | { | |
3237 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
3238 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); | |
3239 | } | |
3240 | else if (numRows < 0) | |
3241 | { | |
3242 | // If rows deleted ... | |
3243 | if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows) | |
3244 | { | |
3245 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... | |
3246 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); | |
3247 | } | |
3248 | else | |
3249 | { | |
3250 | // ...or remove the attribute | |
3251 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
3252 | n--; | |
3253 | count--; | |
3254 | } | |
3255 | } | |
3256 | } | |
3257 | } | |
3258 | } | |
3259 | ||
3260 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) | |
3261 | { | |
3262 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
3263 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
3264 | { | |
3265 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
3266 | wxCoord col = coords.GetCol(); | |
3267 | if ( (size_t)col >= pos ) | |
3268 | { | |
3269 | if ( numCols > 0 ) | |
3270 | { | |
3271 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
3272 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); | |
3273 | } | |
3274 | else if (numCols < 0) | |
3275 | { | |
3276 | // If rows deleted ... | |
3277 | if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols) | |
3278 | { | |
3279 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... | |
3280 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); | |
3281 | } | |
3282 | else | |
3283 | { | |
3284 | // ...or remove the attribute | |
3285 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
3286 | n--; | |
3287 | count--; | |
3288 | } | |
3289 | } | |
3290 | } | |
3291 | } | |
3292 | } | |
3293 | ||
3294 | int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const | |
3295 | { | |
3296 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
3297 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
3298 | { | |
3299 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
3300 | if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) ) | |
3301 | { | |
3302 | return n; | |
3303 | } | |
3304 | } | |
3305 | ||
3306 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
3307 | } | |
3308 | ||
3309 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3310 | // wxGridRowOrColAttrData | |
3311 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3312 | ||
3313 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData() | |
3314 | { | |
3315 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
3316 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
3317 | { | |
3318 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
3319 | } | |
3320 | } | |
3321 | ||
3322 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const | |
3323 | { | |
3324 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; | |
3325 | ||
3326 | int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); | |
3327 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3328 | { | |
3329 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n]; | |
3330 | attr->IncRef(); | |
3331 | } | |
3332 | ||
3333 | return attr; | |
3334 | } | |
3335 | ||
3336 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol) | |
3337 | { | |
3338 | int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); | |
3339 | if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3340 | { | |
3341 | if ( attr ) | |
3342 | { | |
3343 | // add the attribute - no need to do anything to reference count | |
3344 | // since we take ownership of the attribute. | |
3345 | m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol); | |
3346 | m_attrs.Add(attr); | |
3347 | } | |
3348 | // nothing to remove | |
3349 | } | |
3350 | else | |
3351 | { | |
3352 | size_t n = (size_t)i; | |
3353 | if ( m_attrs[n] == attr ) | |
3354 | // nothing to do | |
3355 | return; | |
3356 | if ( attr ) | |
3357 | { | |
3358 | // change the attribute, handling reference count manually, | |
3359 | // taking ownership of the new attribute. | |
3360 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
3361 | m_attrs[n] = attr; | |
3362 | } | |
3363 | else | |
3364 | { | |
3365 | // remove this attribute, handling reference count manually | |
3366 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
3367 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n); | |
3368 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
3369 | } | |
3370 | } | |
3371 | } | |
3372 | ||
3373 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols ) | |
3374 | { | |
3375 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
3376 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
3377 | { | |
3378 | int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n]; | |
3379 | if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos ) | |
3380 | { | |
3381 | if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 ) | |
3382 | { | |
3383 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
3384 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; | |
3385 | } | |
3386 | else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0) | |
3387 | { | |
3388 | // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists) | |
3389 | if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols) | |
3390 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; | |
3391 | else | |
3392 | { | |
3393 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n); | |
3394 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
3395 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
3396 | n--; | |
3397 | count--; | |
3398 | } | |
3399 | } | |
3400 | } | |
3401 | } | |
3402 | } | |
3403 | ||
3404 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3405 | // wxGridCellAttrProvider | |
3406 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3407 | ||
3408 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider() | |
3409 | { | |
3410 | m_data = NULL; | |
3411 | } | |
3412 | ||
3413 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider() | |
3414 | { | |
3415 | delete m_data; | |
3416 | } | |
3417 | ||
3418 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData() | |
3419 | { | |
3420 | m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData; | |
3421 | } | |
3422 | ||
3423 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col, | |
3424 | wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind ) const | |
3425 | { | |
3426 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; | |
3427 | if ( m_data ) | |
3428 | { | |
3429 | switch (kind) | |
3430 | { | |
3431 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Any): | |
3432 | // Get cached merge attributes. | |
3433 | // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable | |
3434 | // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col); | |
3435 | if (!attr) | |
3436 | { | |
3437 | // Basically implement old version. | |
3438 | // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time.. | |
3439 | wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); | |
3440 | wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); | |
3441 | wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); | |
3442 | ||
3443 | if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol)) | |
3444 | { | |
3445 | // Two or more are non NULL | |
3446 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
3447 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged); | |
3448 | ||
3449 | // Order is important.. | |
3450 | if (attrcell) | |
3451 | { | |
3452 | attr->MergeWith(attrcell); | |
3453 | attrcell->DecRef(); | |
3454 | } | |
3455 | if (attrcol) | |
3456 | { | |
3457 | attr->MergeWith(attrcol); | |
3458 | attrcol->DecRef(); | |
3459 | } | |
3460 | if (attrrow) | |
3461 | { | |
3462 | attr->MergeWith(attrrow); | |
3463 | attrrow->DecRef(); | |
3464 | } | |
3465 | ||
3466 | // store merge attr if cache implemented | |
3467 | //attr->IncRef(); | |
3468 | //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
3469 | } | |
3470 | else | |
3471 | { | |
3472 | // one or none is non null return it or null. | |
3473 | if (attrrow) | |
3474 | attr = attrrow; | |
3475 | if (attrcol) | |
3476 | { | |
3477 | if (attr) | |
3478 | attr->DecRef(); | |
3479 | attr = attrcol; | |
3480 | } | |
3481 | if (attrcell) | |
3482 | { | |
3483 | if (attr) | |
3484 | attr->DecRef(); | |
3485 | attr = attrcell; | |
3486 | } | |
3487 | } | |
3488 | } | |
3489 | break; | |
3490 | ||
3491 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell): | |
3492 | attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); | |
3493 | break; | |
3494 | ||
3495 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Col): | |
3496 | attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); | |
3497 | break; | |
3498 | ||
3499 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Row): | |
3500 | attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); | |
3501 | break; | |
3502 | ||
3503 | default: | |
3504 | // unused as yet... | |
3505 | // (wxGridCellAttr::Default): | |
3506 | // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged): | |
3507 | break; | |
3508 | } | |
3509 | } | |
3510 | ||
3511 | return attr; | |
3512 | } | |
3513 | ||
3514 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, | |
3515 | int row, int col) | |
3516 | { | |
3517 | if ( !m_data ) | |
3518 | InitData(); | |
3519 | ||
3520 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
3521 | } | |
3522 | ||
3523 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) | |
3524 | { | |
3525 | if ( !m_data ) | |
3526 | InitData(); | |
3527 | ||
3528 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row); | |
3529 | } | |
3530 | ||
3531 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) | |
3532 | { | |
3533 | if ( !m_data ) | |
3534 | InitData(); | |
3535 | ||
3536 | m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col); | |
3537 | } | |
3538 | ||
3539 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) | |
3540 | { | |
3541 | if ( m_data ) | |
3542 | { | |
3543 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); | |
3544 | ||
3545 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows ); | |
3546 | } | |
3547 | } | |
3548 | ||
3549 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) | |
3550 | { | |
3551 | if ( m_data ) | |
3552 | { | |
3553 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
3554 | ||
3555 | m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
3556 | } | |
3557 | } | |
3558 | ||
3559 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3560 | // wxGridTypeRegistry | |
3561 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3562 | ||
3563 | wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry() | |
3564 | { | |
3565 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount(); | |
3566 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
3567 | delete m_typeinfo[i]; | |
3568 | } | |
3569 | ||
3570 | void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
3571 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
3572 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
3573 | { | |
3574 | wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
3575 | ||
3576 | // is it already registered? | |
3577 | int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); | |
3578 | if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3579 | { | |
3580 | delete m_typeinfo[loc]; | |
3581 | m_typeinfo[loc] = info; | |
3582 | } | |
3583 | else | |
3584 | { | |
3585 | m_typeinfo.Add(info); | |
3586 | } | |
3587 | } | |
3588 | ||
3589 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
3590 | { | |
3591 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount(); | |
3592 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
3593 | { | |
3594 | if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName ) | |
3595 | { | |
3596 | return i; | |
3597 | } | |
3598 | } | |
3599 | ||
3600 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
3601 | } | |
3602 | ||
3603 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
3604 | { | |
3605 | int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); | |
3606 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3607 | { | |
3608 | // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case | |
3609 | // register it "on the fly" | |
3610 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
3611 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING ) | |
3612 | { | |
3613 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, | |
3614 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, | |
3615 | new wxGridCellTextEditor); | |
3616 | } | |
3617 | else | |
3618 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
3619 | #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
3620 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL ) | |
3621 | { | |
3622 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL, | |
3623 | new wxGridCellBoolRenderer, | |
3624 | new wxGridCellBoolEditor); | |
3625 | } | |
3626 | else | |
3627 | #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
3628 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
3629 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER ) | |
3630 | { | |
3631 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER, | |
3632 | new wxGridCellNumberRenderer, | |
3633 | new wxGridCellNumberEditor); | |
3634 | } | |
3635 | else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT ) | |
3636 | { | |
3637 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT, | |
3638 | new wxGridCellFloatRenderer, | |
3639 | new wxGridCellFloatEditor); | |
3640 | } | |
3641 | else | |
3642 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
3643 | #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
3644 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE ) | |
3645 | { | |
3646 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE, | |
3647 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, | |
3648 | new wxGridCellChoiceEditor); | |
3649 | } | |
3650 | else | |
3651 | #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
3652 | { | |
3653 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
3654 | } | |
3655 | ||
3656 | // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return | |
3657 | // the last index | |
3658 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; | |
3659 | } | |
3660 | ||
3661 | return index; | |
3662 | } | |
3663 | ||
3664 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
3665 | { | |
3666 | int index = FindDataType(typeName); | |
3667 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3668 | { | |
3669 | // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':' | |
3670 | // are the parameters for the renderer | |
3671 | index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':'))); | |
3672 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3673 | { | |
3674 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
3675 | } | |
3676 | ||
3677 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index); | |
3678 | wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer; | |
3679 | renderer = renderer->Clone(); | |
3680 | rendererOld->DecRef(); | |
3681 | ||
3682 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index); | |
3683 | wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor; | |
3684 | editor = editor->Clone(); | |
3685 | editorOld->DecRef(); | |
3686 | ||
3687 | // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults | |
3688 | wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':')); | |
3689 | renderer->SetParameters(params); | |
3690 | editor->SetParameters(params); | |
3691 | ||
3692 | // register the new typename | |
3693 | RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
3694 | ||
3695 | // we just registered it, it's the last one | |
3696 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; | |
3697 | } | |
3698 | ||
3699 | return index; | |
3700 | } | |
3701 | ||
3702 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index) | |
3703 | { | |
3704 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer; | |
3705 | if (renderer) | |
3706 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
3707 | ||
3708 | return renderer; | |
3709 | } | |
3710 | ||
3711 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index) | |
3712 | { | |
3713 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor; | |
3714 | if (editor) | |
3715 | editor->IncRef(); | |
3716 | ||
3717 | return editor; | |
3718 | } | |
3719 | ||
3720 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3721 | // wxGridTableBase | |
3722 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3723 | ||
3724 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject ) | |
3725 | ||
3726 | wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase() | |
3727 | { | |
3728 | m_view = NULL; | |
3729 | m_attrProvider = NULL; | |
3730 | } | |
3731 | ||
3732 | wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase() | |
3733 | { | |
3734 | delete m_attrProvider; | |
3735 | } | |
3736 | ||
3737 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider) | |
3738 | { | |
3739 | delete m_attrProvider; | |
3740 | m_attrProvider = attrProvider; | |
3741 | } | |
3742 | ||
3743 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes() | |
3744 | { | |
3745 | if ( ! GetAttrProvider() ) | |
3746 | { | |
3747 | // use the default attr provider by default | |
3748 | SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider); | |
3749 | } | |
3750 | ||
3751 | return true; | |
3752 | } | |
3753 | ||
3754 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind) | |
3755 | { | |
3756 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
3757 | return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind); | |
3758 | else | |
3759 | return NULL; | |
3760 | } | |
3761 | ||
3762 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col) | |
3763 | { | |
3764 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
3765 | { | |
3766 | if ( attr ) | |
3767 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell); | |
3768 | m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
3769 | } | |
3770 | else | |
3771 | { | |
3772 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
3773 | // free it now | |
3774 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
3775 | } | |
3776 | } | |
3777 | ||
3778 | void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) | |
3779 | { | |
3780 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
3781 | { | |
3782 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row); | |
3783 | m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row); | |
3784 | } | |
3785 | else | |
3786 | { | |
3787 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
3788 | // free it now | |
3789 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
3790 | } | |
3791 | } | |
3792 | ||
3793 | void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) | |
3794 | { | |
3795 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
3796 | { | |
3797 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col); | |
3798 | m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col); | |
3799 | } | |
3800 | else | |
3801 | { | |
3802 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
3803 | // free it now | |
3804 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
3805 | } | |
3806 | } | |
3807 | ||
3808 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
3809 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
3810 | { | |
3811 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") ); | |
3812 | ||
3813 | return false; | |
3814 | } | |
3815 | ||
3816 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
3817 | { | |
3818 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
3819 | ||
3820 | return false; | |
3821 | } | |
3822 | ||
3823 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
3824 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
3825 | { | |
3826 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
3827 | ||
3828 | return false; | |
3829 | } | |
3830 | ||
3831 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
3832 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
3833 | { | |
3834 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
3835 | ||
3836 | return false; | |
3837 | } | |
3838 | ||
3839 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
3840 | { | |
3841 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
3842 | ||
3843 | return false; | |
3844 | } | |
3845 | ||
3846 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
3847 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
3848 | { | |
3849 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
3850 | ||
3851 | return false; | |
3852 | } | |
3853 | ||
3854 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
3855 | { | |
3856 | wxString s; | |
3857 | ||
3858 | // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users, | |
3859 | // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks. | |
3860 | s << row + 1; | |
3861 | ||
3862 | return s; | |
3863 | } | |
3864 | ||
3865 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
3866 | { | |
3867 | // default col labels are: | |
3868 | // cols 0 to 25 : A-Z | |
3869 | // cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ | |
3870 | // etc. | |
3871 | ||
3872 | wxString s; | |
3873 | unsigned int i, n; | |
3874 | for ( n = 1; ; n++ ) | |
3875 | { | |
3876 | s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26)); | |
3877 | col = col / 26 - 1; | |
3878 | if ( col < 0 ) | |
3879 | break; | |
3880 | } | |
3881 | ||
3882 | // reverse the string... | |
3883 | wxString s2; | |
3884 | for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ ) | |
3885 | { | |
3886 | s2 += s[n - i - 1]; | |
3887 | } | |
3888 | ||
3889 | return s2; | |
3890 | } | |
3891 | ||
3892 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
3893 | { | |
3894 | return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; | |
3895 | } | |
3896 | ||
3897 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3898 | const wxString& typeName ) | |
3899 | { | |
3900 | return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; | |
3901 | } | |
3902 | ||
3903 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName ) | |
3904 | { | |
3905 | return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName); | |
3906 | } | |
3907 | ||
3908 | long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
3909 | { | |
3910 | return 0; | |
3911 | } | |
3912 | ||
3913 | double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
3914 | { | |
3915 | return 0.0; | |
3916 | } | |
3917 | ||
3918 | bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
3919 | { | |
3920 | return false; | |
3921 | } | |
3922 | ||
3923 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3924 | long WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
3925 | { | |
3926 | } | |
3927 | ||
3928 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3929 | double WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
3930 | { | |
3931 | } | |
3932 | ||
3933 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3934 | bool WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
3935 | { | |
3936 | } | |
3937 | ||
3938 | void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3939 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) ) | |
3940 | { | |
3941 | return NULL; | |
3942 | } | |
3943 | ||
3944 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3945 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName), | |
3946 | void* WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
3947 | { | |
3948 | } | |
3949 | ||
3950 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3951 | // | |
3952 | // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications | |
3953 | // to the grid view | |
3954 | // | |
3955 | ||
3956 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage() | |
3957 | { | |
3958 | m_table = NULL; | |
3959 | m_id = -1; | |
3960 | m_comInt1 = -1; | |
3961 | m_comInt2 = -1; | |
3962 | } | |
3963 | ||
3964 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id, | |
3965 | int commandInt1, int commandInt2 ) | |
3966 | { | |
3967 | m_table = table; | |
3968 | m_id = id; | |
3969 | m_comInt1 = commandInt1; | |
3970 | m_comInt2 = commandInt2; | |
3971 | } | |
3972 | ||
3973 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3974 | // | |
3975 | // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will | |
3976 | // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class. | |
3977 | // | |
3978 | ||
3979 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray) | |
3980 | ||
3981 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase ) | |
3982 | ||
3983 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable() | |
3984 | : wxGridTableBase() | |
3985 | { | |
3986 | } | |
3987 | ||
3988 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols ) | |
3989 | : wxGridTableBase() | |
3990 | { | |
3991 | m_data.Alloc( numRows ); | |
3992 | ||
3993 | wxArrayString sa; | |
3994 | sa.Alloc( numCols ); | |
3995 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols ); | |
3996 | ||
3997 | m_data.Add( sa, numRows ); | |
3998 | } | |
3999 | ||
4000 | wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable() | |
4001 | { | |
4002 | } | |
4003 | ||
4004 | int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows() | |
4005 | { | |
4006 | return m_data.GetCount(); | |
4007 | } | |
4008 | ||
4009 | int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols() | |
4010 | { | |
4011 | if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 ) | |
4012 | return m_data[0].GetCount(); | |
4013 | else | |
4014 | return 0; | |
4015 | } | |
4016 | ||
4017 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col ) | |
4018 | { | |
4019 | wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
4020 | wxEmptyString, | |
4021 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
4022 | ||
4023 | return m_data[row][col]; | |
4024 | } | |
4025 | ||
4026 | void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value ) | |
4027 | { | |
4028 | wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
4029 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
4030 | ||
4031 | m_data[row][col] = value; | |
4032 | } | |
4033 | ||
4034 | void wxGridStringTable::Clear() | |
4035 | { | |
4036 | int row, col; | |
4037 | int numRows, numCols; | |
4038 | ||
4039 | numRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
4040 | if ( numRows > 0 ) | |
4041 | { | |
4042 | numCols = m_data[0].GetCount(); | |
4043 | ||
4044 | for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ ) | |
4045 | { | |
4046 | for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ ) | |
4047 | { | |
4048 | m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString; | |
4049 | } | |
4050 | } | |
4051 | } | |
4052 | } | |
4053 | ||
4054 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) | |
4055 | { | |
4056 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
4057 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
4058 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
4059 | ||
4060 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) | |
4061 | { | |
4062 | return AppendRows( numRows ); | |
4063 | } | |
4064 | ||
4065 | wxArrayString sa; | |
4066 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); | |
4067 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols ); | |
4068 | m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows ); | |
4069 | ||
4070 | if ( GetView() ) | |
4071 | { | |
4072 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
4073 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED, | |
4074 | pos, | |
4075 | numRows ); | |
4076 | ||
4077 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
4078 | } | |
4079 | ||
4080 | return true; | |
4081 | } | |
4082 | ||
4083 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows ) | |
4084 | { | |
4085 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
4086 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 | |
4087 | ? m_data[0].GetCount() | |
4088 | : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
4089 | ||
4090 | wxArrayString sa; | |
4091 | if ( curNumCols > 0 ) | |
4092 | { | |
4093 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); | |
4094 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols ); | |
4095 | } | |
4096 | ||
4097 | m_data.Add( sa, numRows ); | |
4098 | ||
4099 | if ( GetView() ) | |
4100 | { | |
4101 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
4102 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED, | |
4103 | numRows ); | |
4104 | ||
4105 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
4106 | } | |
4107 | ||
4108 | return true; | |
4109 | } | |
4110 | ||
4111 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) | |
4112 | { | |
4113 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
4114 | ||
4115 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) | |
4116 | { | |
4117 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format | |
4118 | ( | |
4119 | wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"), | |
4120 | (unsigned long)pos, | |
4121 | (unsigned long)numRows, | |
4122 | (unsigned long)curNumRows | |
4123 | ) ); | |
4124 | ||
4125 | return false; | |
4126 | } | |
4127 | ||
4128 | if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos ) | |
4129 | { | |
4130 | numRows = curNumRows - pos; | |
4131 | } | |
4132 | ||
4133 | if ( numRows >= curNumRows ) | |
4134 | { | |
4135 | m_data.Clear(); | |
4136 | } | |
4137 | else | |
4138 | { | |
4139 | m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); | |
4140 | } | |
4141 | ||
4142 | if ( GetView() ) | |
4143 | { | |
4144 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
4145 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED, | |
4146 | pos, | |
4147 | numRows ); | |
4148 | ||
4149 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
4150 | } | |
4151 | ||
4152 | return true; | |
4153 | } | |
4154 | ||
4155 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) | |
4156 | { | |
4157 | size_t row, col; | |
4158 | ||
4159 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
4160 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 | |
4161 | ? m_data[0].GetCount() | |
4162 | : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
4163 | ||
4164 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) | |
4165 | { | |
4166 | return AppendCols( numCols ); | |
4167 | } | |
4168 | ||
4169 | if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() ) | |
4170 | { | |
4171 | m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols ); | |
4172 | ||
4173 | size_t i; | |
4174 | for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ ) | |
4175 | m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i ); | |
4176 | } | |
4177 | ||
4178 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
4179 | { | |
4180 | for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ ) | |
4181 | { | |
4182 | m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col ); | |
4183 | } | |
4184 | } | |
4185 | ||
4186 | if ( GetView() ) | |
4187 | { | |
4188 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
4189 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED, | |
4190 | pos, | |
4191 | numCols ); | |
4192 | ||
4193 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
4194 | } | |
4195 | ||
4196 | return true; | |
4197 | } | |
4198 | ||
4199 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols ) | |
4200 | { | |
4201 | size_t row; | |
4202 | ||
4203 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
4204 | ||
4205 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
4206 | { | |
4207 | m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols ); | |
4208 | } | |
4209 | ||
4210 | if ( GetView() ) | |
4211 | { | |
4212 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
4213 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED, | |
4214 | numCols ); | |
4215 | ||
4216 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
4217 | } | |
4218 | ||
4219 | return true; | |
4220 | } | |
4221 | ||
4222 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) | |
4223 | { | |
4224 | size_t row; | |
4225 | ||
4226 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
4227 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
4228 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
4229 | ||
4230 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) | |
4231 | { | |
4232 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format | |
4233 | ( | |
4234 | wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"), | |
4235 | (unsigned long)pos, | |
4236 | (unsigned long)numCols, | |
4237 | (unsigned long)curNumCols | |
4238 | ) ); | |
4239 | return false; | |
4240 | } | |
4241 | ||
4242 | int colID; | |
4243 | if ( GetView() ) | |
4244 | colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos ); | |
4245 | else | |
4246 | colID = pos; | |
4247 | ||
4248 | if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID ) | |
4249 | { | |
4250 | numCols = curNumCols - colID; | |
4251 | } | |
4252 | ||
4253 | if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() ) | |
4254 | { | |
4255 | // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only | |
4256 | // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one | |
4257 | // element and not numCols, so account for it | |
4258 | int nToRm = m_colLabels.size() - colID; | |
4259 | if ( nToRm > 0 ) | |
4260 | m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, nToRm ); | |
4261 | } | |
4262 | ||
4263 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
4264 | { | |
4265 | if ( numCols >= curNumCols ) | |
4266 | { | |
4267 | m_data[row].Clear(); | |
4268 | } | |
4269 | else | |
4270 | { | |
4271 | m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols ); | |
4272 | } | |
4273 | } | |
4274 | ||
4275 | if ( GetView() ) | |
4276 | { | |
4277 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
4278 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED, | |
4279 | pos, | |
4280 | numCols ); | |
4281 | ||
4282 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
4283 | } | |
4284 | ||
4285 | return true; | |
4286 | } | |
4287 | ||
4288 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
4289 | { | |
4290 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
4291 | { | |
4292 | // using default label | |
4293 | // | |
4294 | return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row ); | |
4295 | } | |
4296 | else | |
4297 | { | |
4298 | return m_rowLabels[row]; | |
4299 | } | |
4300 | } | |
4301 | ||
4302 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
4303 | { | |
4304 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
4305 | { | |
4306 | // using default label | |
4307 | // | |
4308 | return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col ); | |
4309 | } | |
4310 | else | |
4311 | { | |
4312 | return m_colLabels[col]; | |
4313 | } | |
4314 | } | |
4315 | ||
4316 | void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value ) | |
4317 | { | |
4318 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
4319 | { | |
4320 | int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount(); | |
4321 | int i; | |
4322 | ||
4323 | for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ ) | |
4324 | { | |
4325 | m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) ); | |
4326 | } | |
4327 | } | |
4328 | ||
4329 | m_rowLabels[row] = value; | |
4330 | } | |
4331 | ||
4332 | void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value ) | |
4333 | { | |
4334 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
4335 | { | |
4336 | int n = m_colLabels.GetCount(); | |
4337 | int i; | |
4338 | ||
4339 | for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ ) | |
4340 | { | |
4341 | m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) ); | |
4342 | } | |
4343 | } | |
4344 | ||
4345 | m_colLabels[col] = value; | |
4346 | } | |
4347 | ||
4348 | ||
4349 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
4350 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
4351 | ||
4352 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow) | |
4353 | EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost) | |
4354 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
4355 | ||
4356 | void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) | |
4357 | { | |
4358 | m_owner->CancelMouseCapture(); | |
4359 | } | |
4360 | ||
4361 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) | |
4362 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
4363 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
4364 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
4365 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
4366 | ||
4367 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
4368 | { | |
4369 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
4370 | ||
4371 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin | |
4372 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to | |
4373 | // set the y coord - MB | |
4374 | // | |
4375 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
4376 | ||
4377 | int x, y; | |
4378 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); | |
4379 | wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin(); | |
4380 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y ); | |
4381 | ||
4382 | wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); | |
4383 | m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows ); | |
4384 | } | |
4385 | ||
4386 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4387 | { | |
4388 | m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
4389 | } | |
4390 | ||
4391 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4392 | { | |
4393 | if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event )) | |
4394 | event.Skip(); | |
4395 | } | |
4396 | ||
4397 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
4398 | ||
4399 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) | |
4400 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
4401 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
4402 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
4403 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
4404 | ||
4405 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
4406 | { | |
4407 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
4408 | ||
4409 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin | |
4410 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to | |
4411 | // set the x coord - MB | |
4412 | // | |
4413 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
4414 | ||
4415 | int x, y; | |
4416 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); | |
4417 | wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin(); | |
4418 | if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft) | |
4419 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y ); | |
4420 | else | |
4421 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y ); | |
4422 | ||
4423 | wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); | |
4424 | m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols ); | |
4425 | } | |
4426 | ||
4427 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4428 | { | |
4429 | m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
4430 | } | |
4431 | ||
4432 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4433 | { | |
4434 | if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event )) | |
4435 | event.Skip(); | |
4436 | } | |
4437 | ||
4438 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
4439 | ||
4440 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) | |
4441 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
4442 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
4443 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
4444 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
4445 | ||
4446 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
4447 | { | |
4448 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
4449 | ||
4450 | m_owner->DrawCornerLabel(dc); | |
4451 | } | |
4452 | ||
4453 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4454 | { | |
4455 | m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
4456 | } | |
4457 | ||
4458 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4459 | { | |
4460 | if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event)) | |
4461 | event.Skip(); | |
4462 | } | |
4463 | ||
4464 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
4465 | ||
4466 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) | |
4467 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint ) | |
4468 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
4469 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
4470 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
4471 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
4472 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar ) | |
4473 | EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus ) | |
4474 | EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus ) | |
4475 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground ) | |
4476 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
4477 | ||
4478 | void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
4479 | { | |
4480 | wxPaintDC dc( this ); | |
4481 | m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
4482 | wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion(); | |
4483 | wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg ); | |
4484 | m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells ); | |
4485 | ||
4486 | m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc ); | |
4487 | ||
4488 | m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg ); | |
4489 | ||
4490 | m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells ); | |
4491 | } | |
4492 | ||
4493 | void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ) | |
4494 | { | |
4495 | wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect ); | |
4496 | m_owner->GetGridRowLabelWindow()->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect ); | |
4497 | m_owner->GetGridColLabelWindow()->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect ); | |
4498 | } | |
4499 | ||
4500 | void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4501 | { | |
4502 | if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this) | |
4503 | SetFocus(); | |
4504 | ||
4505 | m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event ); | |
4506 | } | |
4507 | ||
4508 | void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4509 | { | |
4510 | if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event )) | |
4511 | event.Skip(); | |
4512 | } | |
4513 | ||
4514 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse | |
4515 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
4516 | // | |
4517 | void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
4518 | { | |
4519 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
4520 | event.Skip(); | |
4521 | } | |
4522 | ||
4523 | void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
4524 | { | |
4525 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
4526 | event.Skip(); | |
4527 | } | |
4528 | ||
4529 | void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
4530 | { | |
4531 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
4532 | event.Skip(); | |
4533 | } | |
4534 | ||
4535 | void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
4536 | { | |
4537 | } | |
4538 | ||
4539 | void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) | |
4540 | { | |
4541 | // and if we have any selection, it has to be repainted, because it | |
4542 | // uses different colour when the grid is not focused: | |
4543 | if ( m_owner->IsSelection() ) | |
4544 | { | |
4545 | Refresh(); | |
4546 | } | |
4547 | else | |
4548 | { | |
4549 | // NB: Note that this code is in "else" branch only because the other | |
4550 | // branch refreshes everything and so there's no point in calling | |
4551 | // Refresh() again, *not* because it should only be done if | |
4552 | // !IsSelection(). If the above code is ever optimized to refresh | |
4553 | // only selected area, this needs to be moved out of the "else" | |
4554 | // branch so that it's always executed. | |
4555 | ||
4556 | // current cell cursor {dis,re}appears on focus change: | |
4557 | const wxGridCellCoords cursorCoords(m_owner->GetGridCursorRow(), | |
4558 | m_owner->GetGridCursorCol()); | |
4559 | const wxRect cursor = | |
4560 | m_owner->BlockToDeviceRect(cursorCoords, cursorCoords); | |
4561 | Refresh(true, &cursor); | |
4562 | } | |
4563 | ||
4564 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
4565 | event.Skip(); | |
4566 | } | |
4567 | ||
4568 | #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true) | |
4569 | #define internalYToRow(y) YToRow(y, true) | |
4570 | ||
4571 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
4572 | ||
4573 | #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI | |
4574 | WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle ) | |
4575 | ||
4576 | wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle ) | |
4577 | // new style border flags, we put them first to | |
4578 | // use them for streaming out | |
4579 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) | |
4580 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) | |
4581 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) | |
4582 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) | |
4583 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) | |
4584 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) | |
4585 | ||
4586 | // old style border flags | |
4587 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) | |
4588 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) | |
4589 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) | |
4590 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) | |
4591 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) | |
4592 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) | |
4593 | ||
4594 | // standard window styles | |
4595 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) | |
4596 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) | |
4597 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) | |
4598 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) | |
4599 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) | |
4600 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) | |
4601 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) | |
4602 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) | |
4603 | ||
4604 | wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle ) | |
4605 | ||
4606 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h") | |
4607 | ||
4608 | wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid) | |
4609 | wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children ) | |
4610 | wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style | |
4611 | wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() | |
4612 | ||
4613 | wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid) | |
4614 | wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE() | |
4615 | ||
4616 | wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle ) | |
4617 | ||
4618 | /* | |
4619 | TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo) | |
4620 | */ | |
4621 | #else | |
4622 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) | |
4623 | #endif | |
4624 | ||
4625 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) | |
4626 | EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint ) | |
4627 | EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize ) | |
4628 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown ) | |
4629 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp ) | |
4630 | EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar ) | |
4631 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground ) | |
4632 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
4633 | ||
4634 | bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
4635 | const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, | |
4636 | long style, const wxString& name) | |
4637 | { | |
4638 | if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size, | |
4639 | style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name)) | |
4640 | return false; | |
4641 | ||
4642 | m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE); | |
4643 | m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE); | |
4644 | ||
4645 | Create(); | |
4646 | SetInitialSize(size); | |
4647 | SetScrollRate(m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY); | |
4648 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4649 | ||
4650 | return true; | |
4651 | } | |
4652 | ||
4653 | wxGrid::~wxGrid() | |
4654 | { | |
4655 | if ( m_winCapture ) | |
4656 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); | |
4657 | ||
4658 | // Ensure that the editor control is destroyed before the grid is, | |
4659 | // otherwise we crash later when the editor tries to do something with the | |
4660 | // half destroyed grid | |
4661 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
4662 | ||
4663 | // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler | |
4664 | SetTargetWindow(this); | |
4665 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
4666 | wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
4667 | ||
4668 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
4669 | size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses; | |
4670 | wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: " | |
4671 | "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"), | |
4672 | total, gs_nAttrCacheHits, | |
4673 | total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0); | |
4674 | #endif | |
4675 | ||
4676 | // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it | |
4677 | // with dangling view pointer | |
4678 | if ( m_ownTable ) | |
4679 | delete m_table; | |
4680 | else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this ) | |
4681 | m_table->SetView(NULL); | |
4682 | ||
4683 | delete m_typeRegistry; | |
4684 | delete m_selection; | |
4685 | } | |
4686 | ||
4687 | // | |
4688 | // ----- internal init and update functions | |
4689 | // | |
4690 | ||
4691 | // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can | |
4692 | // be removed as well as the #else cases below. | |
4693 | #define _USE_VISATTR 0 | |
4694 | ||
4695 | void wxGrid::Create() | |
4696 | { | |
4697 | // create the type registry | |
4698 | m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry; | |
4699 | ||
4700 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false; | |
4701 | ||
4702 | m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr(); | |
4703 | ||
4704 | // Set default cell attributes | |
4705 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
4706 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default); | |
4707 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont()); | |
4708 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP); | |
4709 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer); | |
4710 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor); | |
4711 | ||
4712 | #if _USE_VISATTR | |
4713 | wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes(); | |
4714 | wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes(); | |
4715 | ||
4716 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg); | |
4717 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg); | |
4718 | ||
4719 | #else | |
4720 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour( | |
4721 | wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT)); | |
4722 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour( | |
4723 | wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW)); | |
4724 | #endif | |
4725 | ||
4726 | m_numRows = 0; | |
4727 | m_numCols = 0; | |
4728 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4729 | ||
4730 | // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid | |
4731 | m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow(this); | |
4732 | CreateColumnWindow(); | |
4733 | m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow(this); | |
4734 | m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this ); | |
4735 | ||
4736 | SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin ); | |
4737 | ||
4738 | #if _USE_VISATTR | |
4739 | wxColour gfg = gva.colFg; | |
4740 | wxColour gbg = gva.colBg; | |
4741 | wxColour lfg = lva.colFg; | |
4742 | wxColour lbg = lva.colBg; | |
4743 | #else | |
4744 | wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT ); | |
4745 | wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW ); | |
4746 | wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT ); | |
4747 | wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE ); | |
4748 | #endif | |
4749 | ||
4750 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); | |
4751 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); | |
4752 | m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); | |
4753 | m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); | |
4754 | m_colWindow->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); | |
4755 | m_colWindow->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); | |
4756 | ||
4757 | m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg); | |
4758 | m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg); | |
4759 | ||
4760 | m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
4761 | m_labelTextColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetForegroundColour(); | |
4762 | ||
4763 | // now that we have the grid window, use its font to compute the default | |
4764 | // row height | |
4765 | m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight(); | |
4766 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl() | |
4767 | m_defaultRowHeight += 8; | |
4768 | #else | |
4769 | m_defaultRowHeight += 4; | |
4770 | #endif | |
4771 | ||
4772 | } | |
4773 | ||
4774 | void wxGrid::CreateColumnWindow() | |
4775 | { | |
4776 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
4777 | { | |
4778 | m_colWindow = new wxGridHeaderCtrl(this); | |
4779 | m_colLabelHeight = m_colWindow->GetBestSize().y; | |
4780 | } | |
4781 | else // draw labels ourselves | |
4782 | { | |
4783 | m_colWindow = new wxGridColLabelWindow(this); | |
4784 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; | |
4785 | } | |
4786 | } | |
4787 | ||
4788 | bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols, | |
4789 | wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) | |
4790 | { | |
4791 | wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created, | |
4792 | false, | |
4793 | wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") ); | |
4794 | ||
4795 | return SetTable(new wxGridStringTable(numRows, numCols), true, selmode); | |
4796 | } | |
4797 | ||
4798 | void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGridSelectionModes selmode) | |
4799 | { | |
4800 | wxCHECK_RET( m_created, | |
4801 | wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
4802 | ||
4803 | m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode ); | |
4804 | } | |
4805 | ||
4806 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const | |
4807 | { | |
4808 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGridSelectCells, | |
4809 | wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
4810 | ||
4811 | return m_selection->GetSelectionMode(); | |
4812 | } | |
4813 | ||
4814 | bool | |
4815 | wxGrid::SetTable(wxGridTableBase *table, | |
4816 | bool takeOwnership, | |
4817 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) | |
4818 | { | |
4819 | bool checkSelection = false; | |
4820 | if ( m_created ) | |
4821 | { | |
4822 | // stop all processing | |
4823 | m_created = false; | |
4824 | ||
4825 | if (m_table) | |
4826 | { | |
4827 | m_table->SetView(0); | |
4828 | if( m_ownTable ) | |
4829 | delete m_table; | |
4830 | m_table = NULL; | |
4831 | } | |
4832 | ||
4833 | delete m_selection; | |
4834 | m_selection = NULL; | |
4835 | ||
4836 | m_ownTable = false; | |
4837 | m_numRows = 0; | |
4838 | m_numCols = 0; | |
4839 | checkSelection = true; | |
4840 | ||
4841 | // kill row and column size arrays | |
4842 | m_colWidths.Empty(); | |
4843 | m_colRights.Empty(); | |
4844 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); | |
4845 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); | |
4846 | } | |
4847 | ||
4848 | if (table) | |
4849 | { | |
4850 | m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows(); | |
4851 | m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols(); | |
4852 | ||
4853 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
4854 | GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols); | |
4855 | ||
4856 | m_table = table; | |
4857 | m_table->SetView( this ); | |
4858 | m_ownTable = takeOwnership; | |
4859 | m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode ); | |
4860 | if (checkSelection) | |
4861 | { | |
4862 | // If the newly set table is smaller than the | |
4863 | // original one current cell and selection regions | |
4864 | // might be invalid, | |
4865 | m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4866 | m_currentCellCoords = | |
4867 | wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()), | |
4868 | wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol())); | |
4869 | if (m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows || | |
4870 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols) | |
4871 | { | |
4872 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4873 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4874 | } | |
4875 | else | |
4876 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = | |
4877 | wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, | |
4878 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow()), | |
4879 | wxMin(m_numCols, | |
4880 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol())); | |
4881 | } | |
4882 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4883 | ||
4884 | m_created = true; | |
4885 | } | |
4886 | ||
4887 | return m_created; | |
4888 | } | |
4889 | ||
4890 | void wxGrid::Init() | |
4891 | { | |
4892 | m_created = false; | |
4893 | ||
4894 | m_cornerLabelWin = NULL; | |
4895 | m_rowLabelWin = NULL; | |
4896 | m_colWindow = NULL; | |
4897 | m_gridWin = NULL; | |
4898 | ||
4899 | m_table = NULL; | |
4900 | m_ownTable = false; | |
4901 | ||
4902 | m_selection = NULL; | |
4903 | m_defaultCellAttr = NULL; | |
4904 | m_typeRegistry = NULL; | |
4905 | m_winCapture = NULL; | |
4906 | ||
4907 | m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; | |
4908 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; | |
4909 | ||
4910 | // init attr cache | |
4911 | m_attrCache.row = -1; | |
4912 | m_attrCache.col = -1; | |
4913 | m_attrCache.attr = NULL; | |
4914 | ||
4915 | m_labelFont = GetFont(); | |
4916 | m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD ); | |
4917 | ||
4918 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
4919 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
4920 | ||
4921 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
4922 | m_colLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
4923 | m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL; | |
4924 | ||
4925 | m_defaultColWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH; | |
4926 | m_defaultRowHeight = 0; // this will be initialized after creation | |
4927 | ||
4928 | m_minAcceptableColWidth = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH; | |
4929 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT; | |
4930 | ||
4931 | m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 ); | |
4932 | m_gridLinesEnabled = true; | |
4933 | m_gridLinesClipHorz = | |
4934 | m_gridLinesClipVert = true; | |
4935 | m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK; | |
4936 | m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2; | |
4937 | m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1; | |
4938 | ||
4939 | m_canDragColMove = false; | |
4940 | ||
4941 | m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL; | |
4942 | m_winCapture = NULL; | |
4943 | m_canDragRowSize = true; | |
4944 | m_canDragColSize = true; | |
4945 | m_canDragGridSize = true; | |
4946 | m_canDragCell = false; | |
4947 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
4948 | m_dragRowOrCol = -1; | |
4949 | m_isDragging = false; | |
4950 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; | |
4951 | ||
4952 | m_sortCol = wxNOT_FOUND; | |
4953 | m_sortIsAscending = true; | |
4954 | ||
4955 | m_useNativeHeader = | |
4956 | m_nativeColumnLabels = false; | |
4957 | ||
4958 | m_waitForSlowClick = false; | |
4959 | ||
4960 | m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS ); | |
4961 | m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE ); | |
4962 | ||
4963 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4964 | ||
4965 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = | |
4966 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = | |
4967 | m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4968 | ||
4969 | m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT); | |
4970 | m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT); | |
4971 | ||
4972 | m_editable = true; // default for whole grid | |
4973 | ||
4974 | m_inOnKeyDown = false; | |
4975 | m_batchCount = 0; | |
4976 | ||
4977 | m_extraWidth = | |
4978 | m_extraHeight = 0; | |
4979 | ||
4980 | m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; | |
4981 | m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y; | |
4982 | } | |
4983 | ||
4984 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4985 | // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create | |
4986 | // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if | |
4987 | // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these | |
4988 | // arrays at all | |
4989 | // | |
4990 | // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights | |
4991 | // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but | |
4992 | // this is not done currently | |
4993 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4994 | ||
4995 | void wxGrid::InitRowHeights() | |
4996 | { | |
4997 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); | |
4998 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); | |
4999 | ||
5000 | m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows ); | |
5001 | m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows ); | |
5002 | ||
5003 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows ); | |
5004 | ||
5005 | int rowBottom = 0; | |
5006 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
5007 | { | |
5008 | rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight; | |
5009 | m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom ); | |
5010 | } | |
5011 | } | |
5012 | ||
5013 | void wxGrid::InitColWidths() | |
5014 | { | |
5015 | m_colWidths.Empty(); | |
5016 | m_colRights.Empty(); | |
5017 | ||
5018 | m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols ); | |
5019 | m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols ); | |
5020 | ||
5021 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols ); | |
5022 | ||
5023 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
5024 | { | |
5025 | int colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth; | |
5026 | m_colRights.Add( colRight ); | |
5027 | } | |
5028 | } | |
5029 | ||
5030 | int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const | |
5031 | { | |
5032 | return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col]; | |
5033 | } | |
5034 | ||
5035 | int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const | |
5036 | { | |
5037 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth | |
5038 | : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col]; | |
5039 | } | |
5040 | ||
5041 | int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const | |
5042 | { | |
5043 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth | |
5044 | : m_colRights[col]; | |
5045 | } | |
5046 | ||
5047 | int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const | |
5048 | { | |
5049 | return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row]; | |
5050 | } | |
5051 | ||
5052 | int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const | |
5053 | { | |
5054 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight | |
5055 | : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row]; | |
5056 | } | |
5057 | ||
5058 | int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const | |
5059 | { | |
5060 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight | |
5061 | : m_rowBottoms[row]; | |
5062 | } | |
5063 | ||
5064 | void wxGrid::CalcDimensions() | |
5065 | { | |
5066 | // compute the size of the scrollable area | |
5067 | int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0; | |
5068 | int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0; | |
5069 | ||
5070 | w += m_extraWidth; | |
5071 | h += m_extraHeight; | |
5072 | ||
5073 | // take into account editor if shown | |
5074 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
5075 | { | |
5076 | int w2, h2; | |
5077 | int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
5078 | int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
5079 | int x = GetColLeft(c); | |
5080 | int y = GetRowTop(r); | |
5081 | ||
5082 | // how big is the editor | |
5083 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c); | |
5084 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c); | |
5085 | editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2); | |
5086 | w2 += x; | |
5087 | h2 += y; | |
5088 | if ( w2 > w ) | |
5089 | w = w2; | |
5090 | if ( h2 > h ) | |
5091 | h = h2; | |
5092 | editor->DecRef(); | |
5093 | attr->DecRef(); | |
5094 | } | |
5095 | ||
5096 | // preserve (more or less) the previous position | |
5097 | int x, y; | |
5098 | GetViewStart( &x, &y ); | |
5099 | ||
5100 | // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges | |
5101 | if ( x >= w ) | |
5102 | x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 ); | |
5103 | if ( y >= h ) | |
5104 | y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 ); | |
5105 | ||
5106 | // update the virtual size and refresh the scrollbars to reflect it | |
5107 | m_gridWin->SetVirtualSize(w, h); | |
5108 | Scroll(x, y); | |
5109 | AdjustScrollbars(); | |
5110 | ||
5111 | // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we | |
5112 | // still must reposition the children | |
5113 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
5114 | } | |
5115 | ||
5116 | wxSize wxGrid::GetSizeAvailableForScrollTarget(const wxSize& size) | |
5117 | { | |
5118 | wxSize sizeGridWin(size); | |
5119 | sizeGridWin.x -= m_rowLabelWidth; | |
5120 | sizeGridWin.y -= m_colLabelHeight; | |
5121 | ||
5122 | return sizeGridWin; | |
5123 | } | |
5124 | ||
5125 | void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes() | |
5126 | { | |
5127 | // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet | |
5128 | ||
5129 | if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL ) | |
5130 | return; | |
5131 | ||
5132 | int cw, ch; | |
5133 | GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5134 | ||
5135 | // the grid may be too small to have enough space for the labels yet, don't | |
5136 | // size the windows to negative sizes in this case | |
5137 | int gw = cw - m_rowLabelWidth; | |
5138 | int gh = ch - m_colLabelHeight; | |
5139 | if (gw < 0) | |
5140 | gw = 0; | |
5141 | if (gh < 0) | |
5142 | gh = 0; | |
5143 | ||
5144 | if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
5145 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight ); | |
5146 | ||
5147 | if ( m_colWindow && m_colWindow->IsShown() ) | |
5148 | m_colWindow->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, gw, m_colLabelHeight ); | |
5149 | ||
5150 | if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
5151 | m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, gh ); | |
5152 | ||
5153 | if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() ) | |
5154 | m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, gw, gh ); | |
5155 | } | |
5156 | ||
5157 | // this is called when the grid table sends a message | |
5158 | // to indicate that it has been redimensioned | |
5159 | // | |
5160 | bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) | |
5161 | { | |
5162 | int i; | |
5163 | bool result = false; | |
5164 | ||
5165 | // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different | |
5166 | // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns. | |
5167 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
5168 | ||
5169 | // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are | |
5170 | // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be | |
5171 | // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes. | |
5172 | // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the | |
5173 | // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist. | |
5174 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5175 | ||
5176 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) | |
5177 | { | |
5178 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: | |
5179 | { | |
5180 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
5181 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
5182 | ||
5183 | m_numRows += numRows; | |
5184 | ||
5185 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
5186 | { | |
5187 | m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows ); | |
5188 | m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows ); | |
5189 | ||
5190 | int bottom = 0; | |
5191 | if ( pos > 0 ) | |
5192 | bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1]; | |
5193 | ||
5194 | for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
5195 | { | |
5196 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
5197 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; | |
5198 | } | |
5199 | } | |
5200 | ||
5201 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5202 | { | |
5203 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
5204 | // cell will be undefined... | |
5205 | // | |
5206 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
5207 | } | |
5208 | ||
5209 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5210 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows ); | |
5211 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
5212 | if (attrProvider) | |
5213 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); | |
5214 | ||
5215 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
5216 | { | |
5217 | CalcDimensions(); | |
5218 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
5219 | } | |
5220 | } | |
5221 | result = true; | |
5222 | break; | |
5223 | ||
5224 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: | |
5225 | { | |
5226 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
5227 | int oldNumRows = m_numRows; | |
5228 | m_numRows += numRows; | |
5229 | ||
5230 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
5231 | { | |
5232 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows ); | |
5233 | m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows ); | |
5234 | ||
5235 | int bottom = 0; | |
5236 | if ( oldNumRows > 0 ) | |
5237 | bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1]; | |
5238 | ||
5239 | for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
5240 | { | |
5241 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
5242 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; | |
5243 | } | |
5244 | } | |
5245 | ||
5246 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5247 | { | |
5248 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
5249 | // cell will be undefined... | |
5250 | // | |
5251 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
5252 | } | |
5253 | ||
5254 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
5255 | { | |
5256 | CalcDimensions(); | |
5257 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
5258 | } | |
5259 | } | |
5260 | result = true; | |
5261 | break; | |
5262 | ||
5263 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: | |
5264 | { | |
5265 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
5266 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
5267 | m_numRows -= numRows; | |
5268 | ||
5269 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
5270 | { | |
5271 | m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); | |
5272 | m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); | |
5273 | ||
5274 | int h = 0; | |
5275 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
5276 | { | |
5277 | h += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
5278 | m_rowBottoms[i] = h; | |
5279 | } | |
5280 | } | |
5281 | ||
5282 | if ( !m_numRows ) | |
5283 | { | |
5284 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5285 | } | |
5286 | else | |
5287 | { | |
5288 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows ) | |
5289 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); | |
5290 | } | |
5291 | ||
5292 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5293 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); | |
5294 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
5295 | if (attrProvider) | |
5296 | { | |
5297 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); | |
5298 | ||
5299 | // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans | |
5300 | #if 0 | |
5301 | // No need to touch column attributes, unless we | |
5302 | // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove | |
5303 | // all column attributes. | |
5304 | // I hate to do this here, but the | |
5305 | // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows. | |
5306 | if ( !GetNumberRows() ) | |
5307 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() ); | |
5308 | #endif | |
5309 | } | |
5310 | ||
5311 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
5312 | { | |
5313 | CalcDimensions(); | |
5314 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
5315 | } | |
5316 | } | |
5317 | result = true; | |
5318 | break; | |
5319 | ||
5320 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: | |
5321 | { | |
5322 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
5323 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
5324 | m_numCols += numCols; | |
5325 | ||
5326 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
5327 | GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols); | |
5328 | ||
5329 | if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) | |
5330 | { | |
5331 | //Shift the column IDs | |
5332 | int i; | |
5333 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ ) | |
5334 | { | |
5335 | if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos ) | |
5336 | m_colAt[i] += numCols; | |
5337 | } | |
5338 | ||
5339 | m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols ); | |
5340 | ||
5341 | //Set the new columns' positions | |
5342 | for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ ) | |
5343 | { | |
5344 | m_colAt[i] = i; | |
5345 | } | |
5346 | } | |
5347 | ||
5348 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
5349 | { | |
5350 | m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols ); | |
5351 | m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols ); | |
5352 | ||
5353 | int right = 0; | |
5354 | if ( pos > 0 ) | |
5355 | right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )]; | |
5356 | ||
5357 | int colPos; | |
5358 | for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
5359 | { | |
5360 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
5361 | ||
5362 | right += m_colWidths[i]; | |
5363 | m_colRights[i] = right; | |
5364 | } | |
5365 | } | |
5366 | ||
5367 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5368 | { | |
5369 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
5370 | // cell will be undefined... | |
5371 | // | |
5372 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
5373 | } | |
5374 | ||
5375 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5376 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols ); | |
5377 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
5378 | if (attrProvider) | |
5379 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
5380 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
5381 | { | |
5382 | CalcDimensions(); | |
5383 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
5384 | } | |
5385 | } | |
5386 | result = true; | |
5387 | break; | |
5388 | ||
5389 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: | |
5390 | { | |
5391 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
5392 | int oldNumCols = m_numCols; | |
5393 | m_numCols += numCols; | |
5394 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
5395 | GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols); | |
5396 | ||
5397 | if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) | |
5398 | { | |
5399 | m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols ); | |
5400 | ||
5401 | //Set the new columns' positions | |
5402 | int i; | |
5403 | for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
5404 | { | |
5405 | m_colAt[i] = i; | |
5406 | } | |
5407 | } | |
5408 | ||
5409 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
5410 | { | |
5411 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols ); | |
5412 | m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols ); | |
5413 | ||
5414 | int right = 0; | |
5415 | if ( oldNumCols > 0 ) | |
5416 | right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )]; | |
5417 | ||
5418 | int colPos; | |
5419 | for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
5420 | { | |
5421 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
5422 | ||
5423 | right += m_colWidths[i]; | |
5424 | m_colRights[i] = right; | |
5425 | } | |
5426 | } | |
5427 | ||
5428 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5429 | { | |
5430 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
5431 | // cell will be undefined... | |
5432 | // | |
5433 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
5434 | } | |
5435 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
5436 | { | |
5437 | CalcDimensions(); | |
5438 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
5439 | } | |
5440 | } | |
5441 | result = true; | |
5442 | break; | |
5443 | ||
5444 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: | |
5445 | { | |
5446 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
5447 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
5448 | m_numCols -= numCols; | |
5449 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
5450 | GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols); | |
5451 | ||
5452 | if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) | |
5453 | { | |
5454 | int colID = GetColAt( pos ); | |
5455 | ||
5456 | m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); | |
5457 | ||
5458 | //Shift the column IDs | |
5459 | int colPos; | |
5460 | for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
5461 | { | |
5462 | if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID ) | |
5463 | m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols; | |
5464 | } | |
5465 | } | |
5466 | ||
5467 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
5468 | { | |
5469 | m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); | |
5470 | m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); | |
5471 | ||
5472 | int w = 0; | |
5473 | int colPos; | |
5474 | for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
5475 | { | |
5476 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
5477 | ||
5478 | w += m_colWidths[i]; | |
5479 | m_colRights[i] = w; | |
5480 | } | |
5481 | } | |
5482 | ||
5483 | if ( !m_numCols ) | |
5484 | { | |
5485 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5486 | } | |
5487 | else | |
5488 | { | |
5489 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols ) | |
5490 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); | |
5491 | } | |
5492 | ||
5493 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5494 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); | |
5495 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
5496 | if (attrProvider) | |
5497 | { | |
5498 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); | |
5499 | ||
5500 | // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans | |
5501 | #if 0 | |
5502 | // No need to touch row attributes, unless we | |
5503 | // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove | |
5504 | // all row attributes. | |
5505 | // I hate to do this here, but the | |
5506 | // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols. | |
5507 | if ( !GetNumberCols() ) | |
5508 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() ); | |
5509 | #endif | |
5510 | } | |
5511 | ||
5512 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
5513 | { | |
5514 | CalcDimensions(); | |
5515 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
5516 | } | |
5517 | } | |
5518 | result = true; | |
5519 | break; | |
5520 | } | |
5521 | ||
5522 | if (result && !GetBatchCount() ) | |
5523 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
5524 | ||
5525 | return result; | |
5526 | } | |
5527 | ||
5528 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const | |
5529 | { | |
5530 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
5531 | wxRect r; | |
5532 | ||
5533 | wxArrayInt rowlabels; | |
5534 | ||
5535 | int top, bottom; | |
5536 | while ( iter ) | |
5537 | { | |
5538 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
5539 | ||
5540 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
5541 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
5542 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
5543 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
5544 | // | |
5545 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
5546 | int cw, ch; | |
5547 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5548 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) | |
5549 | r.SetTop( 0 ); | |
5550 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); | |
5551 | #endif | |
5552 | ||
5553 | // logical bounds of update region | |
5554 | // | |
5555 | int dummy; | |
5556 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top ); | |
5557 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom ); | |
5558 | ||
5559 | // find the row labels within these bounds | |
5560 | // | |
5561 | int row; | |
5562 | for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
5563 | { | |
5564 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top ) | |
5565 | continue; | |
5566 | ||
5567 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) | |
5568 | break; | |
5569 | ||
5570 | rowlabels.Add( row ); | |
5571 | } | |
5572 | ||
5573 | ++iter; | |
5574 | } | |
5575 | ||
5576 | return rowlabels; | |
5577 | } | |
5578 | ||
5579 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const | |
5580 | { | |
5581 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
5582 | wxRect r; | |
5583 | ||
5584 | wxArrayInt colLabels; | |
5585 | ||
5586 | int left, right; | |
5587 | while ( iter ) | |
5588 | { | |
5589 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
5590 | ||
5591 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
5592 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
5593 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
5594 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
5595 | // | |
5596 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
5597 | int cw, ch; | |
5598 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5599 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) | |
5600 | r.SetLeft( 0 ); | |
5601 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); | |
5602 | #endif | |
5603 | ||
5604 | // logical bounds of update region | |
5605 | // | |
5606 | int dummy; | |
5607 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
5608 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy ); | |
5609 | ||
5610 | // find the cells within these bounds | |
5611 | // | |
5612 | int col; | |
5613 | int colPos; | |
5614 | for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
5615 | { | |
5616 | col = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
5617 | ||
5618 | if ( GetColRight(col) < left ) | |
5619 | continue; | |
5620 | ||
5621 | if ( GetColLeft(col) > right ) | |
5622 | break; | |
5623 | ||
5624 | colLabels.Add( col ); | |
5625 | } | |
5626 | ||
5627 | ++iter; | |
5628 | } | |
5629 | ||
5630 | return colLabels; | |
5631 | } | |
5632 | ||
5633 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const | |
5634 | { | |
5635 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
5636 | wxRect r; | |
5637 | ||
5638 | wxGridCellCoordsArray cellsExposed; | |
5639 | ||
5640 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
5641 | while ( iter ) | |
5642 | { | |
5643 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
5644 | ||
5645 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
5646 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
5647 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
5648 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
5649 | // | |
5650 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
5651 | int cw, ch; | |
5652 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5653 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 ); | |
5654 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 ); | |
5655 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); | |
5656 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); | |
5657 | #endif | |
5658 | ||
5659 | // logical bounds of update region | |
5660 | // | |
5661 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
5662 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
5663 | ||
5664 | // find the cells within these bounds | |
5665 | wxArrayInt cols; | |
5666 | for ( int row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
5667 | { | |
5668 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top ) | |
5669 | continue; | |
5670 | ||
5671 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) | |
5672 | break; | |
5673 | ||
5674 | // add all dirty cells in this row: notice that the columns which | |
5675 | // are dirty don't depend on the row so we compute them only once | |
5676 | // for the first dirty row and then reuse for all the next ones | |
5677 | if ( cols.empty() ) | |
5678 | { | |
5679 | // do determine the dirty columns | |
5680 | for ( int pos = XToPos(left); pos <= XToPos(right); pos++ ) | |
5681 | cols.push_back(GetColAt(pos)); | |
5682 | ||
5683 | // if there are no dirty columns at all, nothing to do | |
5684 | if ( cols.empty() ) | |
5685 | break; | |
5686 | } | |
5687 | ||
5688 | const size_t count = cols.size(); | |
5689 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
5690 | cellsExposed.Add(wxGridCellCoords(row, cols[n])); | |
5691 | } | |
5692 | ||
5693 | ++iter; | |
5694 | } | |
5695 | ||
5696 | return cellsExposed; | |
5697 | } | |
5698 | ||
5699 | ||
5700 | void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
5701 | { | |
5702 | int x, y, row; | |
5703 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
5704 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
5705 | ||
5706 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
5707 | { | |
5708 | if (!m_isDragging) | |
5709 | { | |
5710 | m_isDragging = true; | |
5711 | m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse(); | |
5712 | } | |
5713 | ||
5714 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) | |
5715 | { | |
5716 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
5717 | { | |
5718 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
5719 | { | |
5720 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; | |
5721 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5722 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
5723 | ||
5724 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5725 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5726 | y = wxMax( y, | |
5727 | GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
5728 | GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) ); | |
5729 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
5730 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5731 | { | |
5732 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); | |
5733 | } | |
5734 | dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y ); | |
5735 | m_dragLastPos = y; | |
5736 | } | |
5737 | break; | |
5738 | ||
5739 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW: | |
5740 | { | |
5741 | if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 ) | |
5742 | { | |
5743 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5744 | m_selection->SelectRow(row, event); | |
5745 | } | |
5746 | } | |
5747 | break; | |
5748 | ||
5749 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value | |
5750 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch | |
5751 | default: | |
5752 | break; | |
5753 | } | |
5754 | } | |
5755 | return; | |
5756 | } | |
5757 | ||
5758 | if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) ) | |
5759 | return; | |
5760 | ||
5761 | if (m_isDragging) | |
5762 | { | |
5763 | if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture()) | |
5764 | m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse(); | |
5765 | m_isDragging = false; | |
5766 | } | |
5767 | ||
5768 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window | |
5769 | // | |
5770 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
5771 | { | |
5772 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); | |
5773 | } | |
5774 | ||
5775 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
5776 | // | |
5777 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
5778 | { | |
5779 | // don't send a label click event for a hit on the | |
5780 | // edge of the row label - this is probably the user | |
5781 | // wanting to resize the row | |
5782 | // | |
5783 | if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
5784 | { | |
5785 | row = YToRow(y); | |
5786 | if ( row >= 0 && | |
5787 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
5788 | { | |
5789 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() ) | |
5790 | ClearSelection(); | |
5791 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5792 | { | |
5793 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
5794 | { | |
5795 | m_selection->SelectBlock | |
5796 | ( | |
5797 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), 0, | |
5798 | row, GetNumberCols() - 1, | |
5799 | event | |
5800 | ); | |
5801 | } | |
5802 | else | |
5803 | { | |
5804 | m_selection->SelectRow(row, event); | |
5805 | } | |
5806 | } | |
5807 | ||
5808 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); | |
5809 | } | |
5810 | } | |
5811 | else | |
5812 | { | |
5813 | // starting to drag-resize a row | |
5814 | if ( CanDragRowSize() ) | |
5815 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); | |
5816 | } | |
5817 | } | |
5818 | ||
5819 | // ------------ Left double click | |
5820 | // | |
5821 | else if (event.LeftDClick() ) | |
5822 | { | |
5823 | row = YToEdgeOfRow(y); | |
5824 | if ( row < 0 ) | |
5825 | { | |
5826 | row = YToRow(y); | |
5827 | if ( row >=0 && | |
5828 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
5829 | { | |
5830 | // no default action at the moment | |
5831 | } | |
5832 | } | |
5833 | else | |
5834 | { | |
5835 | // adjust row height depending on label text | |
5836 | AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row ); | |
5837 | ||
5838 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow()); | |
5839 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
5840 | } | |
5841 | } | |
5842 | ||
5843 | // ------------ Left button released | |
5844 | // | |
5845 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
5846 | { | |
5847 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
5848 | { | |
5849 | DoEndDragResizeRow(); | |
5850 | ||
5851 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
5852 | // default processing in this case | |
5853 | // | |
5854 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event ); | |
5855 | } | |
5856 | ||
5857 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); | |
5858 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
5859 | } | |
5860 | ||
5861 | // ------------ Right button down | |
5862 | // | |
5863 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
5864 | { | |
5865 | row = YToRow(y); | |
5866 | if ( row >=0 && | |
5867 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
5868 | { | |
5869 | // no default action at the moment | |
5870 | } | |
5871 | } | |
5872 | ||
5873 | // ------------ Right double click | |
5874 | // | |
5875 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
5876 | { | |
5877 | row = YToRow(y); | |
5878 | if ( row >= 0 && | |
5879 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
5880 | { | |
5881 | // no default action at the moment | |
5882 | } | |
5883 | } | |
5884 | ||
5885 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving | |
5886 | // | |
5887 | else if ( event.Moving() ) | |
5888 | { | |
5889 | m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y ); | |
5890 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 ) | |
5891 | { | |
5892 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5893 | { | |
5894 | // don't capture the mouse yet | |
5895 | if ( CanDragRowSize() ) | |
5896 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false); | |
5897 | } | |
5898 | } | |
5899 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5900 | { | |
5901 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false); | |
5902 | } | |
5903 | } | |
5904 | } | |
5905 | ||
5906 | void wxGrid::UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(int col) | |
5907 | { | |
5908 | wxCHECK_RET( col != wxNOT_FOUND, "invalid column index" ); | |
5909 | ||
5910 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
5911 | GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col); | |
5912 | else if ( m_nativeColumnLabels ) | |
5913 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
5914 | //else: sorting indicator display not yet implemented in grid version | |
5915 | } | |
5916 | ||
5917 | void wxGrid::SetSortingColumn(int col, bool ascending) | |
5918 | { | |
5919 | if ( col == m_sortCol ) | |
5920 | { | |
5921 | // we are already using this column for sorting (or not sorting at all) | |
5922 | // but we might still change the sorting order, check for it | |
5923 | if ( m_sortCol != wxNOT_FOUND && ascending != m_sortIsAscending ) | |
5924 | { | |
5925 | m_sortIsAscending = ascending; | |
5926 | ||
5927 | UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(m_sortCol); | |
5928 | } | |
5929 | } | |
5930 | else // we're changing the column used for sorting | |
5931 | { | |
5932 | const int sortColOld = m_sortCol; | |
5933 | ||
5934 | // change it before updating the column as we want GetSortingColumn() | |
5935 | // to return the correct new value | |
5936 | m_sortCol = col; | |
5937 | ||
5938 | if ( sortColOld != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
5939 | UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(sortColOld); | |
5940 | ||
5941 | if ( m_sortCol != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
5942 | { | |
5943 | m_sortIsAscending = ascending; | |
5944 | UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(m_sortCol); | |
5945 | } | |
5946 | } | |
5947 | } | |
5948 | ||
5949 | void wxGrid::DoColHeaderClick(int col) | |
5950 | { | |
5951 | // we consider that the grid was resorted if this event is processed and | |
5952 | // not vetoed | |
5953 | if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SORT, -1, col) == 1 ) | |
5954 | { | |
5955 | SetSortingColumn(col, IsSortingBy(col) ? !m_sortIsAscending : true); | |
5956 | Refresh(); | |
5957 | } | |
5958 | } | |
5959 | ||
5960 | void wxGrid::DoStartResizeCol(int col) | |
5961 | { | |
5962 | m_dragRowOrCol = col; | |
5963 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
5964 | DoUpdateResizeColWidth(GetColWidth(m_dragRowOrCol)); | |
5965 | } | |
5966 | ||
5967 | void wxGrid::DoUpdateResizeCol(int x) | |
5968 | { | |
5969 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; | |
5970 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5971 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); | |
5972 | ||
5973 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5974 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5975 | ||
5976 | x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol)); | |
5977 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
5978 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5979 | { | |
5980 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch ); | |
5981 | } | |
5982 | dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch ); | |
5983 | m_dragLastPos = x; | |
5984 | } | |
5985 | ||
5986 | void wxGrid::DoUpdateResizeColWidth(int w) | |
5987 | { | |
5988 | DoUpdateResizeCol(GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + w); | |
5989 | } | |
5990 | ||
5991 | void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
5992 | { | |
5993 | int x, y; | |
5994 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
5995 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
5996 | ||
5997 | int col = XToCol(x); | |
5998 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
5999 | { | |
6000 | if (!m_isDragging) | |
6001 | { | |
6002 | m_isDragging = true; | |
6003 | GetColLabelWindow()->CaptureMouse(); | |
6004 | ||
6005 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL && col != -1 ) | |
6006 | DoStartMoveCol(col); | |
6007 | } | |
6008 | ||
6009 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) | |
6010 | { | |
6011 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
6012 | { | |
6013 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
6014 | DoUpdateResizeCol(x); | |
6015 | break; | |
6016 | ||
6017 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL: | |
6018 | { | |
6019 | if ( col != -1 ) | |
6020 | { | |
6021 | if ( m_selection ) | |
6022 | m_selection->SelectCol(col, event); | |
6023 | } | |
6024 | } | |
6025 | break; | |
6026 | ||
6027 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL: | |
6028 | { | |
6029 | int posNew = XToPos(x); | |
6030 | int colNew = GetColAt(posNew); | |
6031 | ||
6032 | // determine the position of the drop marker | |
6033 | int markerX; | |
6034 | if ( x >= GetColLeft(colNew) + (GetColWidth(colNew) / 2) ) | |
6035 | markerX = GetColRight(colNew); | |
6036 | else | |
6037 | markerX = GetColLeft(colNew); | |
6038 | ||
6039 | if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos ) | |
6040 | { | |
6041 | wxClientDC dc( GetColLabelWindow() ); | |
6042 | DoPrepareDC(dc); | |
6043 | ||
6044 | int cw, ch; | |
6045 | GetColLabelWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
6046 | ||
6047 | markerX++; | |
6048 | ||
6049 | //Clean up the last indicator | |
6050 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
6051 | { | |
6052 | wxPen pen( GetColLabelWindow()->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 ); | |
6053 | dc.SetPen(pen); | |
6054 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch ); | |
6055 | dc.SetPen(wxNullPen); | |
6056 | ||
6057 | if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 ) | |
6058 | DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) ); | |
6059 | } | |
6060 | ||
6061 | const wxColour *color; | |
6062 | //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker | |
6063 | if ( colNew == m_dragRowOrCol ) | |
6064 | color = wxLIGHT_GREY; | |
6065 | else | |
6066 | color = wxBLUE; | |
6067 | ||
6068 | //Draw the marker | |
6069 | wxPen pen( *color, 2 ); | |
6070 | dc.SetPen(pen); | |
6071 | ||
6072 | dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch ); | |
6073 | ||
6074 | dc.SetPen(wxNullPen); | |
6075 | ||
6076 | m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1; | |
6077 | } | |
6078 | } | |
6079 | break; | |
6080 | ||
6081 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value | |
6082 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch | |
6083 | default: | |
6084 | break; | |
6085 | } | |
6086 | } | |
6087 | return; | |
6088 | } | |
6089 | ||
6090 | if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) ) | |
6091 | return; | |
6092 | ||
6093 | if (m_isDragging) | |
6094 | { | |
6095 | if (GetColLabelWindow()->HasCapture()) | |
6096 | GetColLabelWindow()->ReleaseMouse(); | |
6097 | m_isDragging = false; | |
6098 | } | |
6099 | ||
6100 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window | |
6101 | // | |
6102 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
6103 | { | |
6104 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow()); | |
6105 | } | |
6106 | ||
6107 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
6108 | // | |
6109 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
6110 | { | |
6111 | // don't send a label click event for a hit on the | |
6112 | // edge of the col label - this is probably the user | |
6113 | // wanting to resize the col | |
6114 | // | |
6115 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 ) | |
6116 | { | |
6117 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
6118 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
6119 | { | |
6120 | if ( m_canDragColMove ) | |
6121 | { | |
6122 | //Show button as pressed | |
6123 | wxClientDC dc( GetColLabelWindow() ); | |
6124 | int colLeft = GetColLeft( col ); | |
6125 | int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1; | |
6126 | dc.SetPen( wxPen( GetColLabelWindow()->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) ); | |
6127 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 ); | |
6128 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 ); | |
6129 | ||
6130 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, GetColLabelWindow()); | |
6131 | } | |
6132 | else | |
6133 | { | |
6134 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() ) | |
6135 | ClearSelection(); | |
6136 | if ( m_selection ) | |
6137 | { | |
6138 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
6139 | { | |
6140 | m_selection->SelectBlock | |
6141 | ( | |
6142 | 0, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), | |
6143 | GetNumberRows() - 1, col, | |
6144 | event | |
6145 | ); | |
6146 | } | |
6147 | else | |
6148 | { | |
6149 | m_selection->SelectCol(col, event); | |
6150 | } | |
6151 | } | |
6152 | ||
6153 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, GetColLabelWindow()); | |
6154 | } | |
6155 | } | |
6156 | } | |
6157 | else | |
6158 | { | |
6159 | // starting to drag-resize a col | |
6160 | // | |
6161 | if ( CanDragColSize() ) | |
6162 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, GetColLabelWindow()); | |
6163 | } | |
6164 | } | |
6165 | ||
6166 | // ------------ Left double click | |
6167 | // | |
6168 | if ( event.LeftDClick() ) | |
6169 | { | |
6170 | const int colEdge = XToEdgeOfCol(x); | |
6171 | if ( colEdge == -1 ) | |
6172 | { | |
6173 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
6174 | ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
6175 | { | |
6176 | // no default action at the moment | |
6177 | } | |
6178 | } | |
6179 | else | |
6180 | { | |
6181 | // adjust column width depending on label text | |
6182 | AutoSizeColLabelSize( colEdge ); | |
6183 | ||
6184 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow()); | |
6185 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
6186 | } | |
6187 | } | |
6188 | ||
6189 | // ------------ Left button released | |
6190 | // | |
6191 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
6192 | { | |
6193 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
6194 | { | |
6195 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
6196 | DoEndDragResizeCol(); | |
6197 | break; | |
6198 | ||
6199 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL: | |
6200 | if ( m_dragLastPos == -1 || col == m_dragRowOrCol ) | |
6201 | { | |
6202 | // the column didn't actually move anywhere | |
6203 | if ( col != -1 ) | |
6204 | DoColHeaderClick(col); | |
6205 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); // "unpress" the column | |
6206 | } | |
6207 | else | |
6208 | { | |
6209 | DoEndMoveCol(XToPos(x)); | |
6210 | } | |
6211 | break; | |
6212 | ||
6213 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL: | |
6214 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL: | |
6215 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
6216 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW: | |
6217 | if ( col != -1 ) | |
6218 | DoColHeaderClick(col); | |
6219 | break; | |
6220 | } | |
6221 | ||
6222 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow()); | |
6223 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
6224 | } | |
6225 | ||
6226 | // ------------ Right button down | |
6227 | // | |
6228 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
6229 | { | |
6230 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
6231 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
6232 | { | |
6233 | // no default action at the moment | |
6234 | } | |
6235 | } | |
6236 | ||
6237 | // ------------ Right double click | |
6238 | // | |
6239 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
6240 | { | |
6241 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
6242 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
6243 | { | |
6244 | // no default action at the moment | |
6245 | } | |
6246 | } | |
6247 | ||
6248 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving | |
6249 | // | |
6250 | else if ( event.Moving() ) | |
6251 | { | |
6252 | m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x ); | |
6253 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 ) | |
6254 | { | |
6255 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
6256 | { | |
6257 | // don't capture the cursor yet | |
6258 | if ( CanDragColSize() ) | |
6259 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, GetColLabelWindow(), false); | |
6260 | } | |
6261 | } | |
6262 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
6263 | { | |
6264 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow(), false); | |
6265 | } | |
6266 | } | |
6267 | } | |
6268 | ||
6269 | void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
6270 | { | |
6271 | if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
6272 | { | |
6273 | // indicate corner label by having both row and | |
6274 | // col args == -1 | |
6275 | // | |
6276 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
6277 | { | |
6278 | SelectAll(); | |
6279 | } | |
6280 | } | |
6281 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() ) | |
6282 | { | |
6283 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ); | |
6284 | } | |
6285 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
6286 | { | |
6287 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
6288 | { | |
6289 | // no default action at the moment | |
6290 | } | |
6291 | } | |
6292 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
6293 | { | |
6294 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
6295 | { | |
6296 | // no default action at the moment | |
6297 | } | |
6298 | } | |
6299 | } | |
6300 | ||
6301 | void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture() | |
6302 | { | |
6303 | // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is | |
6304 | if ( m_winCapture ) | |
6305 | { | |
6306 | m_isDragging = false; | |
6307 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; | |
6308 | ||
6309 | m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL; | |
6310 | m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); | |
6311 | m_winCapture = NULL; | |
6312 | ||
6313 | // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen | |
6314 | Refresh(); | |
6315 | } | |
6316 | } | |
6317 | ||
6318 | void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode, | |
6319 | wxWindow *win, | |
6320 | bool captureMouse) | |
6321 | { | |
6322 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ | |
6323 | static const wxChar *cursorModes[] = | |
6324 | { | |
6325 | _T("SELECT_CELL"), | |
6326 | _T("RESIZE_ROW"), | |
6327 | _T("RESIZE_COL"), | |
6328 | _T("SELECT_ROW"), | |
6329 | _T("SELECT_COL"), | |
6330 | _T("MOVE_COL"), | |
6331 | }; | |
6332 | ||
6333 | wxLogTrace(_T("grid"), | |
6334 | _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"), | |
6335 | win == m_colWindow ? _T("colLabelWin") | |
6336 | : win ? _T("rowLabelWin") | |
6337 | : _T("gridWin"), | |
6338 | cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]); | |
6339 | #endif | |
6340 | ||
6341 | if ( mode == m_cursorMode && | |
6342 | win == m_winCapture && | |
6343 | captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL)) | |
6344 | return; | |
6345 | ||
6346 | if ( !win ) | |
6347 | { | |
6348 | // by default use the grid itself | |
6349 | win = m_gridWin; | |
6350 | } | |
6351 | ||
6352 | if ( m_winCapture ) | |
6353 | { | |
6354 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); | |
6355 | m_winCapture = NULL; | |
6356 | } | |
6357 | ||
6358 | m_cursorMode = mode; | |
6359 | ||
6360 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
6361 | { | |
6362 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
6363 | win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor ); | |
6364 | break; | |
6365 | ||
6366 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
6367 | win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor ); | |
6368 | break; | |
6369 | ||
6370 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL: | |
6371 | win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) ); | |
6372 | break; | |
6373 | ||
6374 | default: | |
6375 | win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); | |
6376 | break; | |
6377 | } | |
6378 | ||
6379 | // we need to capture mouse when resizing | |
6380 | bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW || | |
6381 | m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL; | |
6382 | ||
6383 | if ( captureMouse && resize ) | |
6384 | { | |
6385 | win->CaptureMouse(); | |
6386 | m_winCapture = win; | |
6387 | } | |
6388 | } | |
6389 | ||
6390 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
6391 | // grid mouse event processing | |
6392 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
6393 | ||
6394 | void | |
6395 | wxGrid::DoGridCellDrag(wxMouseEvent& event, | |
6396 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords, | |
6397 | bool isFirstDrag) | |
6398 | { | |
6399 | if ( coords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6400 | return; // we're outside any valid cell | |
6401 | ||
6402 | // Hide the edit control, so it won't interfere with drag-shrinking. | |
6403 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
6404 | { | |
6405 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
6406 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
6407 | } | |
6408 | ||
6409 | switch ( event.GetModifiers() ) | |
6410 | { | |
6411 | case wxMOD_CMD: | |
6412 | if ( m_selectedBlockCorner == wxGridNoCellCoords) | |
6413 | m_selectedBlockCorner = coords; | |
6414 | UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_selectedBlockCorner, coords); | |
6415 | break; | |
6416 | ||
6417 | case wxMOD_NONE: | |
6418 | if ( CanDragCell() ) | |
6419 | { | |
6420 | if ( isFirstDrag ) | |
6421 | { | |
6422 | if ( m_selectedBlockCorner == wxGridNoCellCoords) | |
6423 | m_selectedBlockCorner = coords; | |
6424 | ||
6425 | SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, coords, event); | |
6426 | return; | |
6427 | } | |
6428 | } | |
6429 | ||
6430 | UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords); | |
6431 | break; | |
6432 | ||
6433 | default: | |
6434 | // we don't handle the other key modifiers | |
6435 | event.Skip(); | |
6436 | } | |
6437 | } | |
6438 | ||
6439 | void wxGrid::DoGridLineDrag(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridOperations& oper) | |
6440 | { | |
6441 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); | |
6442 | PrepareDC(dc); | |
6443 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
6444 | ||
6445 | const wxRect rectWin(CalcUnscrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, 0)), | |
6446 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize()); | |
6447 | ||
6448 | // erase the previously drawn line, if any | |
6449 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
6450 | oper.DrawParallelLineInRect(dc, rectWin, m_dragLastPos); | |
6451 | ||
6452 | // we need the vertical position for rows and horizontal for columns here | |
6453 | m_dragLastPos = oper.Dual().Select(CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition())); | |
6454 | ||
6455 | // don't allow resizing beneath the minimal size | |
6456 | const int posMin = oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
6457 | oper.GetMinimalLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol); | |
6458 | if ( m_dragLastPos < posMin ) | |
6459 | m_dragLastPos = posMin; | |
6460 | ||
6461 | // and draw it at the new position | |
6462 | oper.DrawParallelLineInRect(dc, rectWin, m_dragLastPos); | |
6463 | } | |
6464 | ||
6465 | void wxGrid::DoGridDragEvent(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords) | |
6466 | { | |
6467 | if ( !m_isDragging ) | |
6468 | { | |
6469 | // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged far | |
6470 | // enough | |
6471 | const wxPoint& pt = event.GetPosition(); | |
6472 | if ( m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition ) | |
6473 | { | |
6474 | m_startDragPos = pt; | |
6475 | return; | |
6476 | } | |
6477 | ||
6478 | if ( abs(m_startDragPos.x - pt.x) <= DRAG_SENSITIVITY && | |
6479 | abs(m_startDragPos.y - pt.y) <= DRAG_SENSITIVITY ) | |
6480 | return; | |
6481 | } | |
6482 | ||
6483 | const bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging; | |
6484 | m_isDragging = true; | |
6485 | ||
6486 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
6487 | { | |
6488 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL: | |
6489 | DoGridCellDrag(event, coords, isFirstDrag); | |
6490 | break; | |
6491 | ||
6492 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
6493 | DoGridLineDrag(event, wxGridRowOperations()); | |
6494 | break; | |
6495 | ||
6496 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
6497 | DoGridLineDrag(event, wxGridColumnOperations()); | |
6498 | break; | |
6499 | ||
6500 | default: | |
6501 | event.Skip(); | |
6502 | } | |
6503 | ||
6504 | if ( isFirstDrag ) | |
6505 | { | |
6506 | m_winCapture = m_gridWin; | |
6507 | m_winCapture->CaptureMouse(); | |
6508 | } | |
6509 | } | |
6510 | ||
6511 | void | |
6512 | wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event, | |
6513 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords, | |
6514 | const wxPoint& pos) | |
6515 | { | |
6516 | if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, coords, event) ) | |
6517 | { | |
6518 | // event handled by user code, no need to do anything here | |
6519 | return; | |
6520 | } | |
6521 | ||
6522 | if ( !event.CmdDown() ) | |
6523 | ClearSelection(); | |
6524 | ||
6525 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
6526 | { | |
6527 | if ( m_selection ) | |
6528 | { | |
6529 | m_selection->SelectBlock(m_currentCellCoords, coords, event); | |
6530 | m_selectedBlockCorner = coords; | |
6531 | } | |
6532 | } | |
6533 | else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(pos.x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(pos.y) < 0 ) | |
6534 | { | |
6535 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6536 | MakeCellVisible( coords ); | |
6537 | ||
6538 | if ( event.CmdDown() ) | |
6539 | { | |
6540 | if ( m_selection ) | |
6541 | { | |
6542 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(coords, event); | |
6543 | } | |
6544 | ||
6545 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6546 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6547 | m_selectedBlockCorner = coords; | |
6548 | } | |
6549 | else | |
6550 | { | |
6551 | m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && | |
6552 | coords != wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6553 | SetCurrentCell( coords ); | |
6554 | } | |
6555 | } | |
6556 | } | |
6557 | ||
6558 | void | |
6559 | wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftDClick(wxMouseEvent& event, | |
6560 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords, | |
6561 | const wxPoint& pos) | |
6562 | { | |
6563 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(pos.x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(pos.y) < 0 ) | |
6564 | { | |
6565 | if ( !SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, coords, event) ) | |
6566 | { | |
6567 | // we want double click to select a cell and start editing | |
6568 | // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks): | |
6569 | m_waitForSlowClick = true; | |
6570 | } | |
6571 | } | |
6572 | } | |
6573 | ||
6574 | void | |
6575 | wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords) | |
6576 | { | |
6577 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
6578 | { | |
6579 | if (m_winCapture) | |
6580 | { | |
6581 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); | |
6582 | m_winCapture = NULL; | |
6583 | } | |
6584 | ||
6585 | if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() ) | |
6586 | { | |
6587 | ClearSelection(); | |
6588 | EnableCellEditControl(); | |
6589 | ||
6590 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords); | |
6591 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol()); | |
6592 | editor->StartingClick(); | |
6593 | editor->DecRef(); | |
6594 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6595 | ||
6596 | m_waitForSlowClick = false; | |
6597 | } | |
6598 | else if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
6599 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6600 | { | |
6601 | if ( m_selection ) | |
6602 | { | |
6603 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectedBlockTopLeft, | |
6604 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight, | |
6605 | event ); | |
6606 | } | |
6607 | ||
6608 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6609 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6610 | ||
6611 | // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for | |
6612 | // drag-shrinking. | |
6613 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
6614 | } | |
6615 | } | |
6616 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
6617 | { | |
6618 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
6619 | DoEndDragResizeRow(); | |
6620 | ||
6621 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
6622 | // default processing in this case | |
6623 | // | |
6624 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event ); | |
6625 | } | |
6626 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) | |
6627 | { | |
6628 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
6629 | DoEndDragResizeCol(); | |
6630 | } | |
6631 | ||
6632 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
6633 | } | |
6634 | ||
6635 | void | |
6636 | wxGrid::DoGridMouseMoveEvent(wxMouseEvent& WXUNUSED(event), | |
6637 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords, | |
6638 | const wxPoint& pos) | |
6639 | { | |
6640 | if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 ) | |
6641 | { | |
6642 | // out of grid cell area | |
6643 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
6644 | return; | |
6645 | } | |
6646 | ||
6647 | int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( pos.y ); | |
6648 | int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( pos.x ); | |
6649 | ||
6650 | // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both | |
6651 | // directions is not implemented yet... | |
6652 | // | |
6653 | if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 ) | |
6654 | { | |
6655 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
6656 | return; | |
6657 | } | |
6658 | ||
6659 | if ( dragRow >= 0 ) | |
6660 | { | |
6661 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow; | |
6662 | ||
6663 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
6664 | { | |
6665 | if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() ) | |
6666 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false); | |
6667 | } | |
6668 | } | |
6669 | // When using the native header window we can only resize the columns by | |
6670 | // dragging the dividers in it because we can't make it enter into the | |
6671 | // column resizing mode programmatically | |
6672 | else if ( dragCol >= 0 && !m_useNativeHeader ) | |
6673 | { | |
6674 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol; | |
6675 | ||
6676 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
6677 | { | |
6678 | if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() ) | |
6679 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false); | |
6680 | } | |
6681 | } | |
6682 | else // Neither on a row or col edge | |
6683 | { | |
6684 | if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
6685 | { | |
6686 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
6687 | } | |
6688 | } | |
6689 | } | |
6690 | ||
6691 | void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event) | |
6692 | { | |
6693 | const wxPoint pos = CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition()); | |
6694 | ||
6695 | // coordinates of the cell under mouse | |
6696 | wxGridCellCoords coords = XYToCell(pos); | |
6697 | ||
6698 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
6699 | GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
6700 | if ( (cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0) ) | |
6701 | { | |
6702 | coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows); | |
6703 | coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols); | |
6704 | } | |
6705 | ||
6706 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
6707 | { | |
6708 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) | |
6709 | DoGridDragEvent(event, coords); | |
6710 | else | |
6711 | event.Skip(); | |
6712 | return; | |
6713 | } | |
6714 | ||
6715 | m_isDragging = false; | |
6716 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; | |
6717 | ||
6718 | // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL | |
6719 | // immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under | |
6720 | // wxGTK | |
6721 | #if 0 | |
6722 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
6723 | { | |
6724 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
6725 | m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); | |
6726 | } | |
6727 | #endif // 0 | |
6728 | ||
6729 | // deal with various button presses | |
6730 | if ( event.IsButton() ) | |
6731 | { | |
6732 | if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6733 | { | |
6734 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6735 | ||
6736 | if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
6737 | DoGridCellLeftDown(event, coords, pos); | |
6738 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() ) | |
6739 | DoGridCellLeftDClick(event, coords, pos); | |
6740 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
6741 | SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, coords, event); | |
6742 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
6743 | SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, coords, event); | |
6744 | } | |
6745 | ||
6746 | // this one should be called even if we're not over any cell | |
6747 | if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
6748 | { | |
6749 | DoGridCellLeftUp(event, coords); | |
6750 | } | |
6751 | } | |
6752 | else if ( event.Moving() ) | |
6753 | { | |
6754 | DoGridMouseMoveEvent(event, coords, pos); | |
6755 | } | |
6756 | else // unknown mouse event? | |
6757 | { | |
6758 | event.Skip(); | |
6759 | } | |
6760 | } | |
6761 | ||
6762 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeLine(const wxGridOperations& oper) | |
6763 | { | |
6764 | if ( m_dragLastPos == -1 ) | |
6765 | return; | |
6766 | ||
6767 | const wxGridOperations& doper = oper.Dual(); | |
6768 | ||
6769 | const wxSize size = m_gridWin->GetClientSize(); | |
6770 | ||
6771 | const wxPoint ptOrigin = CalcUnscrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, 0)); | |
6772 | ||
6773 | // erase the last line we drew | |
6774 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); | |
6775 | PrepareDC(dc); | |
6776 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
6777 | ||
6778 | const int posLineStart = oper.Select(ptOrigin); | |
6779 | const int posLineEnd = oper.Select(ptOrigin) + oper.Select(size); | |
6780 | ||
6781 | oper.DrawParallelLine(dc, posLineStart, posLineEnd, m_dragLastPos); | |
6782 | ||
6783 | // temporarily hide the edit control before resizing | |
6784 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
6785 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
6786 | ||
6787 | // do resize the line | |
6788 | const int lineStart = oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol); | |
6789 | oper.SetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol, | |
6790 | wxMax(m_dragLastPos - lineStart, | |
6791 | oper.GetMinimalLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol))); | |
6792 | ||
6793 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
6794 | ||
6795 | // refresh now if we're not frozen | |
6796 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6797 | { | |
6798 | // we need to refresh everything beyond the resized line in the header | |
6799 | // window | |
6800 | ||
6801 | // get the position from which to refresh in the other direction | |
6802 | wxRect rect(CellToRect(oper.MakeCoords(m_dragRowOrCol, 0))); | |
6803 | rect.SetPosition(CalcScrolledPosition(rect.GetPosition())); | |
6804 | ||
6805 | // we only need the ordinate (for rows) or abscissa (for columns) here, | |
6806 | // and need to cover the entire window in the other direction | |
6807 | oper.Select(rect) = 0; | |
6808 | ||
6809 | wxRect rectHeader(rect.GetPosition(), | |
6810 | oper.MakeSize | |
6811 | ( | |
6812 | oper.GetHeaderWindowSize(this), | |
6813 | doper.Select(size) - doper.Select(rect) | |
6814 | )); | |
6815 | ||
6816 | oper.GetHeaderWindow(this)->Refresh(true, &rectHeader); | |
6817 | ||
6818 | ||
6819 | // also refresh the grid window: extend the rectangle | |
6820 | if ( m_table ) | |
6821 | { | |
6822 | oper.SelectSize(rect) = oper.Select(size); | |
6823 | ||
6824 | int subtractLines = 0; | |
6825 | const int lineStart = oper.PosToLine(this, posLineStart); | |
6826 | if ( lineStart >= 0 ) | |
6827 | { | |
6828 | // ensure that if we have a multi-cell block we redraw all of | |
6829 | // it by increasing the refresh area to cover it entirely if a | |
6830 | // part of it is affected | |
6831 | const int lineEnd = oper.PosToLine(this, posLineEnd, true); | |
6832 | for ( int line = lineStart; line < lineEnd; line++ ) | |
6833 | { | |
6834 | int cellLines = oper.Select( | |
6835 | GetCellSize(oper.MakeCoords(m_dragRowOrCol, line))); | |
6836 | if ( cellLines < subtractLines ) | |
6837 | subtractLines = cellLines; | |
6838 | } | |
6839 | } | |
6840 | ||
6841 | int startPos = | |
6842 | oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol + subtractLines); | |
6843 | startPos = doper.CalcScrolledPosition(this, startPos); | |
6844 | ||
6845 | doper.Select(rect) = startPos; | |
6846 | doper.SelectSize(rect) = doper.Select(size) - startPos; | |
6847 | ||
6848 | m_gridWin->Refresh(false, &rect); | |
6849 | } | |
6850 | } | |
6851 | ||
6852 | // show the edit control back again | |
6853 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
6854 | } | |
6855 | ||
6856 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow() | |
6857 | { | |
6858 | DoEndDragResizeLine(wxGridRowOperations()); | |
6859 | } | |
6860 | ||
6861 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol(wxMouseEvent *event) | |
6862 | { | |
6863 | DoEndDragResizeLine(wxGridColumnOperations()); | |
6864 | ||
6865 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
6866 | // default processing in this case | |
6867 | // | |
6868 | if ( event ) | |
6869 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, *event ); | |
6870 | else | |
6871 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol ); | |
6872 | } | |
6873 | ||
6874 | void wxGrid::DoStartMoveCol(int col) | |
6875 | { | |
6876 | m_dragRowOrCol = col; | |
6877 | } | |
6878 | ||
6879 | void wxGrid::DoEndMoveCol(int pos) | |
6880 | { | |
6881 | wxASSERT_MSG( m_dragRowOrCol != -1, "no matching DoStartMoveCol?" ); | |
6882 | ||
6883 | if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol) != -1 ) | |
6884 | SetColPos(m_dragRowOrCol, pos); | |
6885 | //else: vetoed by user | |
6886 | ||
6887 | m_dragRowOrCol = -1; | |
6888 | } | |
6889 | ||
6890 | void wxGrid::RefreshAfterColPosChange() | |
6891 | { | |
6892 | // recalculate the column rights as the column positions have changed, | |
6893 | // unless we calculate them dynamically because all columns widths are the | |
6894 | // same and it's easy to do | |
6895 | if ( !m_colWidths.empty() ) | |
6896 | { | |
6897 | int colRight = 0; | |
6898 | for ( int colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
6899 | { | |
6900 | int colID = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
6901 | ||
6902 | colRight += m_colWidths[colID]; | |
6903 | m_colRights[colID] = colRight; | |
6904 | } | |
6905 | } | |
6906 | ||
6907 | // and make the changes visible | |
6908 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
6909 | { | |
6910 | if ( m_colAt.empty() ) | |
6911 | GetGridColHeader()->ResetColumnsOrder(); | |
6912 | else | |
6913 | GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnsOrder(m_colAt); | |
6914 | } | |
6915 | else | |
6916 | { | |
6917 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
6918 | } | |
6919 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
6920 | } | |
6921 | ||
6922 | void wxGrid::SetColumnsOrder(const wxArrayInt& order) | |
6923 | { | |
6924 | m_colAt = order; | |
6925 | ||
6926 | RefreshAfterColPosChange(); | |
6927 | } | |
6928 | ||
6929 | void wxGrid::SetColPos(int idx, int pos) | |
6930 | { | |
6931 | // we're going to need m_colAt now, initialize it if needed | |
6932 | if ( m_colAt.empty() ) | |
6933 | { | |
6934 | m_colAt.reserve(m_numCols); | |
6935 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
6936 | m_colAt.push_back(i); | |
6937 | } | |
6938 | ||
6939 | wxHeaderCtrl::MoveColumnInOrderArray(m_colAt, idx, pos); | |
6940 | ||
6941 | RefreshAfterColPosChange(); | |
6942 | } | |
6943 | ||
6944 | void wxGrid::ResetColPos() | |
6945 | { | |
6946 | m_colAt.clear(); | |
6947 | ||
6948 | RefreshAfterColPosChange(); | |
6949 | } | |
6950 | ||
6951 | void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable ) | |
6952 | { | |
6953 | if ( m_canDragColMove == enable ) | |
6954 | return; | |
6955 | ||
6956 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
6957 | { | |
6958 | // update all columns to make them [not] reorderable | |
6959 | GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols); | |
6960 | } | |
6961 | ||
6962 | m_canDragColMove = enable; | |
6963 | ||
6964 | // we use to call ResetColPos() from here if !enable but this doesn't seem | |
6965 | // right as it would mean there would be no way to "freeze" the current | |
6966 | // columns order by disabling moving them after putting them in the desired | |
6967 | // order, whereas now you can always call ResetColPos() manually if needed | |
6968 | } | |
6969 | ||
6970 | ||
6971 | // | |
6972 | // ------ interaction with data model | |
6973 | // | |
6974 | bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) | |
6975 | { | |
6976 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) | |
6977 | { | |
6978 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES: | |
6979 | return GetModelValues(); | |
6980 | ||
6981 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES: | |
6982 | return SetModelValues(); | |
6983 | ||
6984 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: | |
6985 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: | |
6986 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: | |
6987 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: | |
6988 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: | |
6989 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: | |
6990 | return Redimension( msg ); | |
6991 | ||
6992 | default: | |
6993 | return false; | |
6994 | } | |
6995 | } | |
6996 | ||
6997 | // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class | |
6998 | // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the | |
6999 | // behaviour is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but | |
7000 | // not to change the number of rows or cols. | |
7001 | // | |
7002 | void wxGrid::ClearGrid() | |
7003 | { | |
7004 | if ( m_table ) | |
7005 | { | |
7006 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
7007 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
7008 | ||
7009 | m_table->Clear(); | |
7010 | if (!GetBatchCount()) | |
7011 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
7012 | } | |
7013 | } | |
7014 | ||
7015 | bool | |
7016 | wxGrid::DoModifyLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcModify)(size_t, size_t), | |
7017 | int pos, int num, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
7018 | { | |
7019 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, false, "must finish creating the grid first" ); | |
7020 | ||
7021 | if ( !m_table ) | |
7022 | return false; | |
7023 | ||
7024 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
7025 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
7026 | ||
7027 | return (m_table->*funcModify)(pos, num); | |
7028 | ||
7029 | // the table will have sent the results of the insert row | |
7030 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
7031 | } | |
7032 | ||
7033 | bool | |
7034 | wxGrid::DoAppendLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcAppend)(size_t), | |
7035 | int num, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels)) | |
7036 | { | |
7037 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, false, "must finish creating the grid first" ); | |
7038 | ||
7039 | if ( !m_table ) | |
7040 | return false; | |
7041 | ||
7042 | return (m_table->*funcAppend)(num); | |
7043 | } | |
7044 | ||
7045 | // | |
7046 | // ----- event handlers | |
7047 | // | |
7048 | ||
7049 | // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and return: | |
7050 | // -1 if the event was vetoed | |
7051 | // +1 if the event was processed (but not vetoed) | |
7052 | // 0 if the event wasn't handled | |
7053 | int | |
7054 | wxGrid::SendEvent(const wxEventType type, | |
7055 | int row, int col, | |
7056 | wxMouseEvent& mouseEv) | |
7057 | { | |
7058 | bool claimed, vetoed; | |
7059 | ||
7060 | if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE ) | |
7061 | { | |
7062 | int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row); | |
7063 | ||
7064 | wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
7065 | type, | |
7066 | this, | |
7067 | rowOrCol, | |
7068 | mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(), | |
7069 | mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(), | |
7070 | mouseEv); | |
7071 | ||
7072 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
7073 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
7074 | } | |
7075 | else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT ) | |
7076 | { | |
7077 | // Right now, it should _never_ end up here! | |
7078 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
7079 | type, | |
7080 | this, | |
7081 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft, | |
7082 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight, | |
7083 | true, | |
7084 | mouseEv); | |
7085 | ||
7086 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
7087 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
7088 | } | |
7089 | else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK || | |
7090 | type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK || | |
7091 | type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK || | |
7092 | type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK ) | |
7093 | { | |
7094 | wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition(); | |
7095 | ||
7096 | if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() ) | |
7097 | pos.y += GetColLabelSize(); | |
7098 | if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() ) | |
7099 | pos.x += GetRowLabelSize(); | |
7100 | ||
7101 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
7102 | type, | |
7103 | this, | |
7104 | row, col, | |
7105 | pos.x, | |
7106 | pos.y, | |
7107 | false, | |
7108 | mouseEv); | |
7109 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
7110 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
7111 | } | |
7112 | else | |
7113 | { | |
7114 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
7115 | type, | |
7116 | this, | |
7117 | row, col, | |
7118 | mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(), | |
7119 | mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(), | |
7120 | false, | |
7121 | mouseEv); | |
7122 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
7123 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
7124 | } | |
7125 | ||
7126 | // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first | |
7127 | if (vetoed) | |
7128 | return -1; | |
7129 | ||
7130 | return claimed ? 1 : 0; | |
7131 | } | |
7132 | ||
7133 | // Generate a grid event of specified type, return value same as above | |
7134 | // | |
7135 | int | |
7136 | wxGrid::SendEvent(const wxEventType type, int row, int col, const wxString& s) | |
7137 | { | |
7138 | bool claimed, vetoed; | |
7139 | ||
7140 | if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE ) | |
7141 | { | |
7142 | int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row); | |
7143 | ||
7144 | wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol ); | |
7145 | ||
7146 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
7147 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
7148 | } | |
7149 | else | |
7150 | { | |
7151 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col ); | |
7152 | gridEvt.SetString(s); | |
7153 | ||
7154 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
7155 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
7156 | } | |
7157 | ||
7158 | // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first | |
7159 | if (vetoed) | |
7160 | return -1; | |
7161 | ||
7162 | return claimed ? 1 : 0; | |
7163 | } | |
7164 | ||
7165 | void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
7166 | { | |
7167 | // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW | |
7168 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
7169 | } | |
7170 | ||
7171 | void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect) | |
7172 | { | |
7173 | // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch... | |
7174 | // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway. | |
7175 | if ( m_created && !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7176 | { | |
7177 | // Refresh to get correct scrolled position: | |
7178 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect); | |
7179 | ||
7180 | if (rect) | |
7181 | { | |
7182 | int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight; | |
7183 | int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell; | |
7184 | int x, y; | |
7185 | ||
7186 | // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets.. | |
7187 | rect_x = rect->GetX(); | |
7188 | rect_y = rect->GetY(); | |
7189 | rectWidth = rect->GetWidth(); | |
7190 | rectHeight = rect->GetHeight(); | |
7191 | ||
7192 | width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x; | |
7193 | if (width_label > rectWidth) | |
7194 | width_label = rectWidth; | |
7195 | ||
7196 | height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y; | |
7197 | if (height_label > rectHeight) | |
7198 | height_label = rectHeight; | |
7199 | ||
7200 | if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth) | |
7201 | { | |
7202 | x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth; | |
7203 | width_cell = rectWidth; | |
7204 | } | |
7205 | else | |
7206 | { | |
7207 | x = 0; | |
7208 | width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x); | |
7209 | } | |
7210 | ||
7211 | if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight) | |
7212 | { | |
7213 | y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight; | |
7214 | height_cell = rectHeight; | |
7215 | } | |
7216 | else | |
7217 | { | |
7218 | y = 0; | |
7219 | height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y); | |
7220 | } | |
7221 | ||
7222 | // Paint corner label part intersecting rect. | |
7223 | if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 ) | |
7224 | { | |
7225 | wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label); | |
7226 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
7227 | } | |
7228 | ||
7229 | // Paint col labels part intersecting rect. | |
7230 | if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 ) | |
7231 | { | |
7232 | wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label); | |
7233 | m_colWindow->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
7234 | } | |
7235 | ||
7236 | // Paint row labels part intersecting rect. | |
7237 | if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 ) | |
7238 | { | |
7239 | wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell); | |
7240 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
7241 | } | |
7242 | ||
7243 | // Paint cell area part intersecting rect. | |
7244 | if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 ) | |
7245 | { | |
7246 | wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell); | |
7247 | m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
7248 | } | |
7249 | } | |
7250 | else | |
7251 | { | |
7252 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
7253 | m_colWindow->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
7254 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
7255 | m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
7256 | } | |
7257 | } | |
7258 | } | |
7259 | ||
7260 | void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) | |
7261 | { | |
7262 | if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done | |
7263 | { | |
7264 | // reposition our children windows | |
7265 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
7266 | } | |
7267 | } | |
7268 | ||
7269 | void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
7270 | { | |
7271 | if ( m_inOnKeyDown ) | |
7272 | { | |
7273 | // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles... | |
7274 | // | |
7275 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") ); | |
7276 | } | |
7277 | ||
7278 | m_inOnKeyDown = true; | |
7279 | ||
7280 | // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed | |
7281 | wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); | |
7282 | wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event ); | |
7283 | keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent ); | |
7284 | ||
7285 | if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) ) | |
7286 | { | |
7287 | if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft) | |
7288 | { | |
7289 | if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT) | |
7290 | event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT; | |
7291 | else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT) | |
7292 | event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT; | |
7293 | } | |
7294 | ||
7295 | // try local handlers | |
7296 | switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) | |
7297 | { | |
7298 | case WXK_UP: | |
7299 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
7300 | MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
7301 | else | |
7302 | MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
7303 | break; | |
7304 | ||
7305 | case WXK_DOWN: | |
7306 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
7307 | MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
7308 | else | |
7309 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
7310 | break; | |
7311 | ||
7312 | case WXK_LEFT: | |
7313 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
7314 | MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
7315 | else | |
7316 | MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
7317 | break; | |
7318 | ||
7319 | case WXK_RIGHT: | |
7320 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
7321 | MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
7322 | else | |
7323 | MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
7324 | break; | |
7325 | ||
7326 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
7327 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
7328 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
7329 | { | |
7330 | event.Skip(); // to let the edit control have the return | |
7331 | } | |
7332 | else | |
7333 | { | |
7334 | if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 ) | |
7335 | { | |
7336 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
7337 | } | |
7338 | else | |
7339 | { | |
7340 | // at the bottom of a column | |
7341 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
7342 | } | |
7343 | } | |
7344 | break; | |
7345 | ||
7346 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
7347 | ClearSelection(); | |
7348 | break; | |
7349 | ||
7350 | case WXK_TAB: | |
7351 | if (event.ShiftDown()) | |
7352 | { | |
7353 | if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 ) | |
7354 | { | |
7355 | MoveCursorLeft( false ); | |
7356 | } | |
7357 | else | |
7358 | { | |
7359 | // at left of grid | |
7360 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
7361 | } | |
7362 | } | |
7363 | else | |
7364 | { | |
7365 | if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 ) | |
7366 | { | |
7367 | MoveCursorRight( false ); | |
7368 | } | |
7369 | else | |
7370 | { | |
7371 | // at right of grid | |
7372 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
7373 | } | |
7374 | } | |
7375 | break; | |
7376 | ||
7377 | case WXK_HOME: | |
7378 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
7379 | { | |
7380 | GoToCell(0, 0); | |
7381 | } | |
7382 | else | |
7383 | { | |
7384 | event.Skip(); | |
7385 | } | |
7386 | break; | |
7387 | ||
7388 | case WXK_END: | |
7389 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
7390 | { | |
7391 | GoToCell(m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1); | |
7392 | } | |
7393 | else | |
7394 | { | |
7395 | event.Skip(); | |
7396 | } | |
7397 | break; | |
7398 | ||
7399 | case WXK_PAGEUP: | |
7400 | MovePageUp(); | |
7401 | break; | |
7402 | ||
7403 | case WXK_PAGEDOWN: | |
7404 | MovePageDown(); | |
7405 | break; | |
7406 | ||
7407 | case WXK_SPACE: | |
7408 | // Ctrl-Space selects the current column, Shift-Space -- the | |
7409 | // current row and Ctrl-Shift-Space -- everything | |
7410 | switch ( m_selection ? event.GetModifiers() : wxMOD_NONE ) | |
7411 | { | |
7412 | case wxMOD_CONTROL: | |
7413 | m_selection->SelectCol(m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()); | |
7414 | break; | |
7415 | ||
7416 | case wxMOD_SHIFT: | |
7417 | m_selection->SelectRow(m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()); | |
7418 | break; | |
7419 | ||
7420 | case wxMOD_CONTROL | wxMOD_SHIFT: | |
7421 | m_selection->SelectBlock(0, 0, | |
7422 | m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1); | |
7423 | break; | |
7424 | ||
7425 | case wxMOD_NONE: | |
7426 | if ( !IsEditable() ) | |
7427 | { | |
7428 | MoveCursorRight(false); | |
7429 | break; | |
7430 | } | |
7431 | //else: fall through | |
7432 | ||
7433 | default: | |
7434 | event.Skip(); | |
7435 | } | |
7436 | break; | |
7437 | ||
7438 | default: | |
7439 | event.Skip(); | |
7440 | break; | |
7441 | } | |
7442 | } | |
7443 | ||
7444 | m_inOnKeyDown = false; | |
7445 | } | |
7446 | ||
7447 | void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
7448 | { | |
7449 | // try local handlers | |
7450 | // | |
7451 | if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT ) | |
7452 | { | |
7453 | if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7454 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
7455 | { | |
7456 | if ( m_selection ) | |
7457 | { | |
7458 | m_selection->SelectBlock( | |
7459 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft, | |
7460 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight, | |
7461 | event); | |
7462 | } | |
7463 | } | |
7464 | ||
7465 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
7466 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
7467 | m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
7468 | } | |
7469 | } | |
7470 | ||
7471 | void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
7472 | { | |
7473 | // is it possible to edit the current cell at all? | |
7474 | if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() ) | |
7475 | { | |
7476 | // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key | |
7477 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7478 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7479 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7480 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
7481 | ||
7482 | // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for | |
7483 | // other keys - ask the editor itself | |
7484 | if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers()) | |
7485 | || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
7486 | { | |
7487 | // ensure cell is visble | |
7488 | MakeCellVisible(row, col); | |
7489 | EnableCellEditControl(); | |
7490 | ||
7491 | // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely | |
7492 | // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the | |
7493 | // control is not created and calling StartingKey will | |
7494 | // crash the app | |
7495 | if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
7496 | editor->StartingKey(event); | |
7497 | } | |
7498 | else | |
7499 | { | |
7500 | event.Skip(); | |
7501 | } | |
7502 | ||
7503 | editor->DecRef(); | |
7504 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7505 | } | |
7506 | else | |
7507 | { | |
7508 | event.Skip(); | |
7509 | } | |
7510 | } | |
7511 | ||
7512 | void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&) | |
7513 | { | |
7514 | } | |
7515 | ||
7516 | bool wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
7517 | { | |
7518 | if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords) == -1 ) | |
7519 | { | |
7520 | // the event has been vetoed - do nothing | |
7521 | return false; | |
7522 | } | |
7523 | ||
7524 | #if !defined(__WXMAC__) | |
7525 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
7526 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
7527 | #endif | |
7528 | ||
7529 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
7530 | { | |
7531 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
7532 | ||
7533 | if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) ) | |
7534 | { | |
7535 | wxRect r; | |
7536 | r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords ); | |
7537 | if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
7538 | { | |
7539 | r.x--; | |
7540 | r.y--; | |
7541 | r.width++; | |
7542 | r.height++; | |
7543 | } | |
7544 | ||
7545 | wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r ); | |
7546 | ||
7547 | // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight! | |
7548 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; | |
7549 | ||
7550 | #if defined(__WXMAC__) | |
7551 | m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */); | |
7552 | #else | |
7553 | DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells ); | |
7554 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, r ); | |
7555 | #endif | |
7556 | } | |
7557 | } | |
7558 | ||
7559 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; | |
7560 | ||
7561 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords ); | |
7562 | #if !defined(__WXMAC__) | |
7563 | DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr ); | |
7564 | #endif | |
7565 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7566 | ||
7567 | return true; | |
7568 | } | |
7569 | ||
7570 | void | |
7571 | wxGrid::UpdateBlockBeingSelected(int topRow, int leftCol, | |
7572 | int bottomRow, int rightCol) | |
7573 | { | |
7574 | if ( m_selection ) | |
7575 | { | |
7576 | switch ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() ) | |
7577 | { | |
7578 | default: | |
7579 | wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown selection mode" ); | |
7580 | // fall through | |
7581 | ||
7582 | case wxGridSelectCells: | |
7583 | // arbitrary blocks selection allowed so just use the cell | |
7584 | // coordinates as is | |
7585 | break; | |
7586 | ||
7587 | case wxGridSelectRows: | |
7588 | // only full rows selection allowd, ensure that we do select | |
7589 | // full rows | |
7590 | leftCol = 0; | |
7591 | rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1; | |
7592 | break; | |
7593 | ||
7594 | case wxGridSelectColumns: | |
7595 | // same as above but for columns | |
7596 | topRow = 0; | |
7597 | bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1; | |
7598 | break; | |
7599 | ||
7600 | case wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns: | |
7601 | // in this mode we can select only full rows or full columns so | |
7602 | // it doesn't make sense to select blocks at all (and we can't | |
7603 | // extend the block because there is no preferred direction, we | |
7604 | // could only extend it to cover the entire grid but this is | |
7605 | // not useful) | |
7606 | return; | |
7607 | } | |
7608 | } | |
7609 | ||
7610 | m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridCellCoords(bottomRow, rightCol); | |
7611 | MakeCellVisible(m_selectedBlockCorner); | |
7612 | ||
7613 | EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(topRow, bottomRow); | |
7614 | EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(leftCol, rightCol); | |
7615 | ||
7616 | wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords(topRow, leftCol), | |
7617 | updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords(bottomRow, rightCol); | |
7618 | ||
7619 | // First the case that we selected a completely new area | |
7620 | if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords || | |
7621 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
7622 | { | |
7623 | wxRect rect; | |
7624 | rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ), | |
7625 | wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) ); | |
7626 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
7627 | } | |
7628 | ||
7629 | // Now handle changing an existing selection area. | |
7630 | else if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != updateTopLeft || | |
7631 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight != updateBottomRight ) | |
7632 | { | |
7633 | // Compute two optimal update rectangles: | |
7634 | // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the | |
7635 | // other, or they are (almost) disjoint! | |
7636 | wxRect rect[4]; | |
7637 | bool need_refresh[4]; | |
7638 | need_refresh[0] = | |
7639 | need_refresh[1] = | |
7640 | need_refresh[2] = | |
7641 | need_refresh[3] = false; | |
7642 | int i; | |
7643 | ||
7644 | // Store intermediate values | |
7645 | wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol(); | |
7646 | wxCoord oldTop = m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow(); | |
7647 | wxCoord oldRight = m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol(); | |
7648 | wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow(); | |
7649 | ||
7650 | // Determine the outer/inner coordinates. | |
7651 | EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(oldLeft, leftCol); | |
7652 | EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(oldTop, topRow); | |
7653 | EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(rightCol, oldRight); | |
7654 | EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(bottomRow, oldBottom); | |
7655 | ||
7656 | // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer | |
7657 | // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one | |
7658 | // is contained in the other. | |
7659 | ||
7660 | if ( oldLeft < leftCol ) | |
7661 | { | |
7662 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
7663 | // area to the left of the old or new selection. | |
7664 | need_refresh[0] = true; | |
7665 | rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
7666 | wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, oldLeft ), | |
7667 | wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) ); | |
7668 | } | |
7669 | ||
7670 | if ( oldTop < topRow ) | |
7671 | { | |
7672 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
7673 | // area above the old or new selection. | |
7674 | need_refresh[1] = true; | |
7675 | rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
7676 | wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ), | |
7677 | wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) ); | |
7678 | } | |
7679 | ||
7680 | if ( oldRight > rightCol ) | |
7681 | { | |
7682 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
7683 | // area to the right of the old or new selection. | |
7684 | need_refresh[2] = true; | |
7685 | rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
7686 | wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ), | |
7687 | wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) ); | |
7688 | } | |
7689 | ||
7690 | if ( oldBottom > bottomRow ) | |
7691 | { | |
7692 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
7693 | // area below the old or new selection. | |
7694 | need_refresh[3] = true; | |
7695 | rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
7696 | wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ), | |
7697 | wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) ); | |
7698 | } | |
7699 | ||
7700 | // various Refresh() calls | |
7701 | for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) | |
7702 | if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
7703 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) ); | |
7704 | } | |
7705 | ||
7706 | // change selection | |
7707 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = updateTopLeft; | |
7708 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = updateBottomRight; | |
7709 | } | |
7710 | ||
7711 | // | |
7712 | // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions) | |
7713 | // | |
7714 | ||
7715 | bool wxGrid::GetModelValues() | |
7716 | { | |
7717 | // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value. | |
7718 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
7719 | ||
7720 | if ( m_table ) | |
7721 | { | |
7722 | // all we need to do is repaint the grid | |
7723 | // | |
7724 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
7725 | return true; | |
7726 | } | |
7727 | ||
7728 | return false; | |
7729 | } | |
7730 | ||
7731 | bool wxGrid::SetModelValues() | |
7732 | { | |
7733 | int row, col; | |
7734 | ||
7735 | // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value. | |
7736 | // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first? | |
7737 | // I think so ... | |
7738 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
7739 | ||
7740 | if ( m_table ) | |
7741 | { | |
7742 | for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
7743 | { | |
7744 | for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
7745 | { | |
7746 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) ); | |
7747 | } | |
7748 | } | |
7749 | ||
7750 | return true; | |
7751 | } | |
7752 | ||
7753 | return false; | |
7754 | } | |
7755 | ||
7756 | // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of | |
7757 | // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by | |
7758 | // CalcExposedCells) | |
7759 | // | |
7760 | void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells ) | |
7761 | { | |
7762 | if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols ) | |
7763 | return; | |
7764 | ||
7765 | int i, numCells = cells.GetCount(); | |
7766 | int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
7767 | wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells; | |
7768 | ||
7769 | for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
7770 | { | |
7771 | row = cells[i].GetRow(); | |
7772 | col = cells[i].GetCol(); | |
7773 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
7774 | ||
7775 | // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint | |
7776 | if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 ) | |
7777 | { | |
7778 | wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols ); | |
7779 | bool marked = false; | |
7780 | for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ ) | |
7781 | { | |
7782 | if ( cell == cells[j] ) | |
7783 | { | |
7784 | marked = true; | |
7785 | break; | |
7786 | } | |
7787 | } | |
7788 | ||
7789 | if (!marked) | |
7790 | { | |
7791 | int count = redrawCells.GetCount(); | |
7792 | for (int j = 0; j < count; j++) | |
7793 | { | |
7794 | if ( cell == redrawCells[j] ) | |
7795 | { | |
7796 | marked = true; | |
7797 | break; | |
7798 | } | |
7799 | } | |
7800 | ||
7801 | if (!marked) | |
7802 | redrawCells.Add( cell ); | |
7803 | } | |
7804 | ||
7805 | // don't bother drawing this cell | |
7806 | continue; | |
7807 | } | |
7808 | ||
7809 | // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow | |
7810 | if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) | |
7811 | { | |
7812 | for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ ) | |
7813 | { | |
7814 | // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint | |
7815 | int left = col; | |
7816 | for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++) | |
7817 | if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) && | |
7818 | (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row)) | |
7819 | { | |
7820 | left = redrawCells[k].GetCol(); | |
7821 | } | |
7822 | ||
7823 | if (left == col) | |
7824 | left = 0; // oh well | |
7825 | ||
7826 | for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--) | |
7827 | { | |
7828 | if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j)) | |
7829 | { | |
7830 | if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j)) | |
7831 | { | |
7832 | wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j); | |
7833 | bool marked = false; | |
7834 | ||
7835 | for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++) | |
7836 | { | |
7837 | if ( cell == cells[k] ) | |
7838 | { | |
7839 | marked = true; | |
7840 | break; | |
7841 | } | |
7842 | } | |
7843 | ||
7844 | if (!marked) | |
7845 | { | |
7846 | int count = redrawCells.GetCount(); | |
7847 | for (int k = 0; k < count; k++) | |
7848 | { | |
7849 | if ( cell == redrawCells[k] ) | |
7850 | { | |
7851 | marked = true; | |
7852 | break; | |
7853 | } | |
7854 | } | |
7855 | if (!marked) | |
7856 | redrawCells.Add( cell ); | |
7857 | } | |
7858 | } | |
7859 | break; | |
7860 | } | |
7861 | } | |
7862 | } | |
7863 | } | |
7864 | ||
7865 | DrawCell( dc, cells[i] ); | |
7866 | } | |
7867 | ||
7868 | numCells = redrawCells.GetCount(); | |
7869 | ||
7870 | for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
7871 | { | |
7872 | DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] ); | |
7873 | } | |
7874 | } | |
7875 | ||
7876 | void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc ) | |
7877 | { | |
7878 | int cw, ch; | |
7879 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
7880 | ||
7881 | int right, bottom; | |
7882 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
7883 | ||
7884 | int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0; | |
7885 | int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0; | |
7886 | ||
7887 | if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow ) | |
7888 | { | |
7889 | int left, top; | |
7890 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
7891 | ||
7892 | dc.SetBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour()); | |
7893 | dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); | |
7894 | ||
7895 | if ( right > rightCol ) | |
7896 | { | |
7897 | dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch ); | |
7898 | } | |
7899 | ||
7900 | if ( bottom > bottomRow ) | |
7901 | { | |
7902 | dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow ); | |
7903 | } | |
7904 | } | |
7905 | } | |
7906 | ||
7907 | void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
7908 | { | |
7909 | int row = coords.GetRow(); | |
7910 | int col = coords.GetCol(); | |
7911 | ||
7912 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
7913 | return; | |
7914 | ||
7915 | // we draw the cell border ourselves | |
7916 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7917 | ||
7918 | bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords; | |
7919 | ||
7920 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col ); | |
7921 | ||
7922 | // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer | |
7923 | // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden! | |
7924 | if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
7925 | { | |
7926 | // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the | |
7927 | // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered. | |
7928 | // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered | |
7929 | // implicitly, causing this out-of order render. | |
7930 | #if !defined(__WXMAC__) | |
7931 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
7932 | editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr); | |
7933 | editor->DecRef(); | |
7934 | #endif | |
7935 | } | |
7936 | else | |
7937 | { | |
7938 | // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized | |
7939 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
7940 | renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords)); | |
7941 | renderer->DecRef(); | |
7942 | } | |
7943 | ||
7944 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7945 | } | |
7946 | ||
7947 | void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr ) | |
7948 | { | |
7949 | // don't show highlight when the grid doesn't have focus | |
7950 | if ( !HasFocus() ) | |
7951 | return; | |
7952 | ||
7953 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7954 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7955 | ||
7956 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
7957 | return; | |
7958 | ||
7959 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
7960 | ||
7961 | // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled? | |
7962 | // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but | |
7963 | // it doesn't look really good | |
7964 | ||
7965 | int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth; | |
7966 | ||
7967 | if (penWidth > 0) | |
7968 | { | |
7969 | // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of | |
7970 | // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the | |
7971 | // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of | |
7972 | // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then | |
7973 | // please #ifdef this appropriately. | |
7974 | rect.x += penWidth / 2; | |
7975 | rect.y += penWidth / 2; | |
7976 | rect.width -= penWidth - 1; | |
7977 | rect.height -= penWidth - 1; | |
7978 | ||
7979 | // Now draw the rectangle | |
7980 | // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this | |
7981 | // will ensure the cell is always visible. | |
7982 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground | |
7983 | : m_cellHighlightColour, | |
7984 | penWidth)); | |
7985 | dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); | |
7986 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
7987 | } | |
7988 | } | |
7989 | ||
7990 | wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen() | |
7991 | { | |
7992 | return wxPen(GetGridLineColour()); | |
7993 | } | |
7994 | ||
7995 | wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row)) | |
7996 | { | |
7997 | return GetDefaultGridLinePen(); | |
7998 | } | |
7999 | ||
8000 | wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col)) | |
8001 | { | |
8002 | return GetDefaultGridLinePen(); | |
8003 | } | |
8004 | ||
8005 | void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
8006 | { | |
8007 | int row = coords.GetRow(); | |
8008 | int col = coords.GetCol(); | |
8009 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
8010 | return; | |
8011 | ||
8012 | ||
8013 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col ); | |
8014 | ||
8015 | // right hand border | |
8016 | dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) ); | |
8017 | dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y, | |
8018 | rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 ); | |
8019 | ||
8020 | // bottom border | |
8021 | dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) ); | |
8022 | dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height, | |
8023 | rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height); | |
8024 | } | |
8025 | ||
8026 | void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells) | |
8027 | { | |
8028 | // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't | |
8029 | // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB | |
8030 | // | |
8031 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8032 | m_numRows && m_numCols ) | |
8033 | { | |
8034 | m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0); | |
8035 | } | |
8036 | ||
8037 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
8038 | { | |
8039 | // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown | |
8040 | return; | |
8041 | } | |
8042 | ||
8043 | // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it | |
8044 | // might have been damaged by the grid lines | |
8045 | size_t count = cells.GetCount(); | |
8046 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
8047 | { | |
8048 | wxGridCellCoords cell = cells[n]; | |
8049 | ||
8050 | // If we are using attributes, then we may have just exposed another | |
8051 | // cell in a partially-visible merged cluster of cells. If the "anchor" | |
8052 | // (upper left) cell of this merged cluster is the cell indicated by | |
8053 | // m_currentCellCoords, then we need to refresh the cell highlight even | |
8054 | // though the "anchor" itself is not part of our update segment. | |
8055 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
8056 | { | |
8057 | int rows = 0, | |
8058 | cols = 0; | |
8059 | GetCellSize(cell.GetRow(), cell.GetCol(), &rows, &cols); | |
8060 | ||
8061 | if ( rows < 0 ) | |
8062 | cell.SetRow(cell.GetRow() + rows); | |
8063 | ||
8064 | if ( cols < 0 ) | |
8065 | cell.SetCol(cell.GetCol() + cols); | |
8066 | } | |
8067 | ||
8068 | if ( cell == m_currentCellCoords ) | |
8069 | { | |
8070 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
8071 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); | |
8072 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8073 | ||
8074 | break; | |
8075 | } | |
8076 | } | |
8077 | } | |
8078 | ||
8079 | // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour | |
8080 | // has been changed | |
8081 | // | |
8082 | void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) ) | |
8083 | { | |
8084 | if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
8085 | return; | |
8086 | ||
8087 | int top, bottom, left, right; | |
8088 | ||
8089 | int cw, ch; | |
8090 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch); | |
8091 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
8092 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
8093 | ||
8094 | // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col | |
8095 | if ( m_gridLinesClipHorz ) | |
8096 | { | |
8097 | if ( !m_numCols ) | |
8098 | return; | |
8099 | ||
8100 | const int lastColRight = GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)); | |
8101 | if ( right > lastColRight ) | |
8102 | right = lastColRight; | |
8103 | } | |
8104 | ||
8105 | if ( m_gridLinesClipVert ) | |
8106 | { | |
8107 | if ( !m_numRows ) | |
8108 | return; | |
8109 | ||
8110 | const int lastRowBottom = GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1); | |
8111 | if ( bottom > lastRowBottom ) | |
8112 | bottom = lastRowBottom; | |
8113 | } | |
8114 | ||
8115 | // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out | |
8116 | int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); | |
8117 | int topRow = internalYToRow(top); | |
8118 | int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) ); | |
8119 | int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom); | |
8120 | ||
8121 | wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch); | |
8122 | ||
8123 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
8124 | wxRect rect; | |
8125 | ||
8126 | for ( int j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ ) | |
8127 | { | |
8128 | for ( int colPos = leftCol; colPos <= rightCol; colPos++ ) | |
8129 | { | |
8130 | int i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
8131 | ||
8132 | GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
8133 | if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1)) | |
8134 | { | |
8135 | rect = CellToRect(j,i); | |
8136 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
8137 | clippedcells.Subtract(rect); | |
8138 | } | |
8139 | else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0)) | |
8140 | { | |
8141 | rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols); | |
8142 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
8143 | clippedcells.Subtract(rect); | |
8144 | } | |
8145 | } | |
8146 | } | |
8147 | ||
8148 | dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells ); | |
8149 | ||
8150 | ||
8151 | // horizontal grid lines | |
8152 | for ( int i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
8153 | { | |
8154 | int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1; | |
8155 | ||
8156 | if ( bot > bottom ) | |
8157 | break; | |
8158 | ||
8159 | if ( bot >= top ) | |
8160 | { | |
8161 | dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) ); | |
8162 | dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot ); | |
8163 | } | |
8164 | } | |
8165 | ||
8166 | // vertical grid lines | |
8167 | for ( int colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
8168 | { | |
8169 | int i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
8170 | ||
8171 | int colRight = GetColRight(i); | |
8172 | #ifdef __WXGTK__ | |
8173 | if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft) | |
8174 | #endif | |
8175 | colRight--; | |
8176 | ||
8177 | if ( colRight > right ) | |
8178 | break; | |
8179 | ||
8180 | if ( colRight >= left ) | |
8181 | { | |
8182 | dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) ); | |
8183 | dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom ); | |
8184 | } | |
8185 | } | |
8186 | ||
8187 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); | |
8188 | } | |
8189 | ||
8190 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows) | |
8191 | { | |
8192 | if ( !m_numRows ) | |
8193 | return; | |
8194 | ||
8195 | const size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount(); | |
8196 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) | |
8197 | { | |
8198 | DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] ); | |
8199 | } | |
8200 | } | |
8201 | ||
8202 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row ) | |
8203 | { | |
8204 | if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 ) | |
8205 | return; | |
8206 | ||
8207 | wxRect rect; | |
8208 | ||
8209 | int rowTop = GetRowTop(row), | |
8210 | rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1; | |
8211 | ||
8212 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW))); | |
8213 | dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom ); | |
8214 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom ); | |
8215 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom ); | |
8216 | ||
8217 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
8218 | dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom ); | |
8219 | dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop ); | |
8220 | ||
8221 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT ); | |
8222 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); | |
8223 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
8224 | ||
8225 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
8226 | GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign ); | |
8227 | ||
8228 | rect.SetX( 2 ); | |
8229 | rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 ); | |
8230 | rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 ); | |
8231 | rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 ); | |
8232 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign ); | |
8233 | } | |
8234 | ||
8235 | void wxGrid::UseNativeColHeader(bool native) | |
8236 | { | |
8237 | if ( native == m_useNativeHeader ) | |
8238 | return; | |
8239 | ||
8240 | delete m_colWindow; | |
8241 | m_useNativeHeader = native; | |
8242 | ||
8243 | CreateColumnWindow(); | |
8244 | ||
8245 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
8246 | GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols); | |
8247 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
8248 | } | |
8249 | ||
8250 | void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native ) | |
8251 | { | |
8252 | wxASSERT_MSG( !m_useNativeHeader, | |
8253 | "doesn't make sense when using native header" ); | |
8254 | ||
8255 | m_nativeColumnLabels = native; | |
8256 | if (native) | |
8257 | { | |
8258 | int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this ); | |
8259 | SetColLabelSize( height ); | |
8260 | } | |
8261 | ||
8262 | GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh(); | |
8263 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8264 | } | |
8265 | ||
8266 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols ) | |
8267 | { | |
8268 | if ( !m_numCols ) | |
8269 | return; | |
8270 | ||
8271 | const size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount(); | |
8272 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) | |
8273 | { | |
8274 | DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] ); | |
8275 | } | |
8276 | } | |
8277 | ||
8278 | void wxGrid::DrawCornerLabel(wxDC& dc) | |
8279 | { | |
8280 | if ( m_nativeColumnLabels ) | |
8281 | { | |
8282 | wxRect rect(wxSize(m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight)); | |
8283 | rect.Deflate(1); | |
8284 | ||
8285 | wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton(m_cornerLabelWin, dc, rect, 0); | |
8286 | } | |
8287 | else | |
8288 | { | |
8289 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW))); | |
8290 | dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1, | |
8291 | m_rowLabelWidth - 1, 0 ); | |
8292 | dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1, | |
8293 | 0, m_colLabelHeight - 1 ); | |
8294 | dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, 0 ); | |
8295 | dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, m_colLabelHeight ); | |
8296 | ||
8297 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
8298 | dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, 1 ); | |
8299 | dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 ); | |
8300 | } | |
8301 | } | |
8302 | ||
8303 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabel(wxDC& dc, int col) | |
8304 | { | |
8305 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 ) | |
8306 | return; | |
8307 | ||
8308 | int colLeft = GetColLeft(col); | |
8309 | ||
8310 | wxRect rect(colLeft, 0, GetColWidth(col), m_colLabelHeight); | |
8311 | ||
8312 | if ( m_nativeColumnLabels ) | |
8313 | { | |
8314 | wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton | |
8315 | ( | |
8316 | GetColLabelWindow(), | |
8317 | dc, | |
8318 | rect, | |
8319 | 0, | |
8320 | IsSortingBy(col) | |
8321 | ? IsSortOrderAscending() | |
8322 | ? wxHDR_SORT_ICON_UP | |
8323 | : wxHDR_SORT_ICON_DOWN | |
8324 | : wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE | |
8325 | ); | |
8326 | } | |
8327 | else | |
8328 | { | |
8329 | int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1; | |
8330 | ||
8331 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW))); | |
8332 | dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, | |
8333 | colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 ); | |
8334 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, | |
8335 | colRight, 0 ); | |
8336 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1, | |
8337 | colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 ); | |
8338 | ||
8339 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
8340 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 ); | |
8341 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 ); | |
8342 | } | |
8343 | ||
8344 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT ); | |
8345 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); | |
8346 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
8347 | ||
8348 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
8349 | GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign ); | |
8350 | const int orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation(); | |
8351 | ||
8352 | rect.Deflate(2); | |
8353 | DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetColLabelValue(col), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient); | |
8354 | } | |
8355 | ||
8356 | // TODO: these 2 functions should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which | |
8357 | // we just have to add textOrientation support | |
8358 | void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc, | |
8359 | const wxString& value, | |
8360 | const wxRect& rect, | |
8361 | int horizAlign, | |
8362 | int vertAlign, | |
8363 | int textOrientation ) | |
8364 | { | |
8365 | wxArrayString lines; | |
8366 | ||
8367 | StringToLines( value, lines ); | |
8368 | ||
8369 | DrawTextRectangle(dc, lines, rect, horizAlign, vertAlign, textOrientation); | |
8370 | } | |
8371 | ||
8372 | void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc, | |
8373 | const wxArrayString& lines, | |
8374 | const wxRect& rect, | |
8375 | int horizAlign, | |
8376 | int vertAlign, | |
8377 | int textOrientation) | |
8378 | { | |
8379 | if ( lines.empty() ) | |
8380 | return; | |
8381 | ||
8382 | wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect); | |
8383 | ||
8384 | long textWidth, | |
8385 | textHeight; | |
8386 | ||
8387 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
8388 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight ); | |
8389 | else | |
8390 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth ); | |
8391 | ||
8392 | int x = 0, | |
8393 | y = 0; | |
8394 | switch ( vertAlign ) | |
8395 | { | |
8396 | case wxALIGN_BOTTOM: | |
8397 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
8398 | y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1); | |
8399 | else | |
8400 | x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth; | |
8401 | break; | |
8402 | ||
8403 | case wxALIGN_CENTRE: | |
8404 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
8405 | y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2); | |
8406 | else | |
8407 | x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2); | |
8408 | break; | |
8409 | ||
8410 | case wxALIGN_TOP: | |
8411 | default: | |
8412 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
8413 | y = rect.y + 1; | |
8414 | else | |
8415 | x = rect.x + 1; | |
8416 | break; | |
8417 | } | |
8418 | ||
8419 | // Align each line of a multi-line label | |
8420 | size_t nLines = lines.GetCount(); | |
8421 | for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ ) | |
8422 | { | |
8423 | const wxString& line = lines[l]; | |
8424 | ||
8425 | if ( line.empty() ) | |
8426 | { | |
8427 | *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight(); | |
8428 | continue; | |
8429 | } | |
8430 | ||
8431 | wxCoord lineWidth = 0, | |
8432 | lineHeight = 0; | |
8433 | dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight); | |
8434 | ||
8435 | switch ( horizAlign ) | |
8436 | { | |
8437 | case wxALIGN_RIGHT: | |
8438 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
8439 | x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1); | |
8440 | else | |
8441 | y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1; | |
8442 | break; | |
8443 | ||
8444 | case wxALIGN_CENTRE: | |
8445 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
8446 | x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2); | |
8447 | else | |
8448 | y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2); | |
8449 | break; | |
8450 | ||
8451 | case wxALIGN_LEFT: | |
8452 | default: | |
8453 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
8454 | x = rect.x + 1; | |
8455 | else | |
8456 | y = rect.y + rect.height - 1; | |
8457 | break; | |
8458 | } | |
8459 | ||
8460 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
8461 | { | |
8462 | dc.DrawText( line, x, y ); | |
8463 | y += lineHeight; | |
8464 | } | |
8465 | else | |
8466 | { | |
8467 | dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 ); | |
8468 | x += lineHeight; | |
8469 | } | |
8470 | } | |
8471 | } | |
8472 | ||
8473 | // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings. | |
8474 | // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved. | |
8475 | // | |
8476 | // TODO: refactor wxTextFile::Read() and reuse the same code from here | |
8477 | void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const | |
8478 | { | |
8479 | int startPos = 0; | |
8480 | int pos; | |
8481 | wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix ); | |
8482 | wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix ); | |
8483 | ||
8484 | while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() ) | |
8485 | { | |
8486 | pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol ); | |
8487 | if ( pos < 0 ) | |
8488 | { | |
8489 | break; | |
8490 | } | |
8491 | else if ( pos == 0 ) | |
8492 | { | |
8493 | lines.Add( wxEmptyString ); | |
8494 | } | |
8495 | else | |
8496 | { | |
8497 | lines.Add( tVal.Mid(startPos, pos) ); | |
8498 | } | |
8499 | ||
8500 | startPos += pos + 1; | |
8501 | } | |
8502 | ||
8503 | if ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() ) | |
8504 | { | |
8505 | lines.Add( tVal.Mid( startPos ) ); | |
8506 | } | |
8507 | } | |
8508 | ||
8509 | void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc, | |
8510 | const wxArrayString& lines, | |
8511 | long *width, long *height ) const | |
8512 | { | |
8513 | wxCoord w = 0; | |
8514 | wxCoord h = 0; | |
8515 | wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0; | |
8516 | ||
8517 | size_t i; | |
8518 | for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ ) | |
8519 | { | |
8520 | dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH ); | |
8521 | w = wxMax( w, lineW ); | |
8522 | h += lineH; | |
8523 | } | |
8524 | ||
8525 | *width = w; | |
8526 | *height = h; | |
8527 | } | |
8528 | ||
8529 | // | |
8530 | // ------ Batch processing. | |
8531 | // | |
8532 | void wxGrid::EndBatch() | |
8533 | { | |
8534 | if ( m_batchCount > 0 ) | |
8535 | { | |
8536 | m_batchCount--; | |
8537 | if ( !m_batchCount ) | |
8538 | { | |
8539 | CalcDimensions(); | |
8540 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8541 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
8542 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8543 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
8544 | } | |
8545 | } | |
8546 | } | |
8547 | ||
8548 | // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate | |
8549 | // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a | |
8550 | // BeginBatch / EndBatch block. | |
8551 | // | |
8552 | void wxGrid::ForceRefresh() | |
8553 | { | |
8554 | BeginBatch(); | |
8555 | EndBatch(); | |
8556 | } | |
8557 | ||
8558 | bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable) | |
8559 | { | |
8560 | if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) ) | |
8561 | return false; | |
8562 | ||
8563 | // redraw in the new state | |
8564 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
8565 | ||
8566 | return true; | |
8567 | } | |
8568 | ||
8569 | // | |
8570 | // ------ Edit control functions | |
8571 | // | |
8572 | ||
8573 | void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit ) | |
8574 | { | |
8575 | if ( edit != m_editable ) | |
8576 | { | |
8577 | if (!edit) | |
8578 | EnableCellEditControl(edit); | |
8579 | m_editable = edit; | |
8580 | } | |
8581 | } | |
8582 | ||
8583 | void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable ) | |
8584 | { | |
8585 | if (! m_editable) | |
8586 | return; | |
8587 | ||
8588 | if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
8589 | { | |
8590 | if ( enable ) | |
8591 | { | |
8592 | if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) == -1 ) | |
8593 | return; | |
8594 | ||
8595 | // this should be checked by the caller! | |
8596 | wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") ); | |
8597 | ||
8598 | // do it before ShowCellEditControl() | |
8599 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; | |
8600 | ||
8601 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
8602 | } | |
8603 | else | |
8604 | { | |
8605 | SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN); | |
8606 | ||
8607 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
8608 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
8609 | ||
8610 | // do it after HideCellEditControl() | |
8611 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; | |
8612 | } | |
8613 | } | |
8614 | } | |
8615 | ||
8616 | bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const | |
8617 | { | |
8618 | // const_cast | |
8619 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
8620 | bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly(); | |
8621 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8622 | ||
8623 | return readonly; | |
8624 | } | |
8625 | ||
8626 | bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const | |
8627 | { | |
8628 | return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) && | |
8629 | !IsCurrentCellReadOnly(); | |
8630 | } | |
8631 | ||
8632 | bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const | |
8633 | { | |
8634 | // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the | |
8635 | // current one if it's read only | |
8636 | return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false; | |
8637 | } | |
8638 | ||
8639 | bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const | |
8640 | { | |
8641 | bool isShown = false; | |
8642 | ||
8643 | if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
8644 | { | |
8645 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8646 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8647 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8648 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col); | |
8649 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8650 | ||
8651 | if ( editor ) | |
8652 | { | |
8653 | if ( editor->IsCreated() ) | |
8654 | { | |
8655 | isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown(); | |
8656 | } | |
8657 | ||
8658 | editor->DecRef(); | |
8659 | } | |
8660 | } | |
8661 | ||
8662 | return isShown; | |
8663 | } | |
8664 | ||
8665 | void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl() | |
8666 | { | |
8667 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
8668 | { | |
8669 | if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) ) | |
8670 | { | |
8671 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false; | |
8672 | return; | |
8673 | } | |
8674 | else | |
8675 | { | |
8676 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords ); | |
8677 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8678 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8679 | ||
8680 | // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft) | |
8681 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
8682 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
8683 | if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 ) | |
8684 | { | |
8685 | row += cell_rows; | |
8686 | col += cell_cols; | |
8687 | m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row ); | |
8688 | m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col ); | |
8689 | } | |
8690 | ||
8691 | // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor | |
8692 | // might not cover the entire cell | |
8693 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
8694 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
8695 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8696 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour())); | |
8697 | dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); | |
8698 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
8699 | ||
8700 | // convert to scrolled coords | |
8701 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
8702 | ||
8703 | int nXMove = 0; | |
8704 | if (rect.x < 0) | |
8705 | nXMove = rect.x; | |
8706 | ||
8707 | // cell is shifted by one pixel | |
8708 | // However, don't allow x or y to become negative | |
8709 | // since the SetSize() method interprets that as | |
8710 | // "don't change." | |
8711 | if (rect.x > 0) | |
8712 | rect.x--; | |
8713 | if (rect.y > 0) | |
8714 | rect.y--; | |
8715 | ||
8716 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
8717 | if ( !editor->IsCreated() ) | |
8718 | { | |
8719 | editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY, | |
8720 | new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor)); | |
8721 | ||
8722 | wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(), | |
8723 | wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, | |
8724 | this, | |
8725 | row, | |
8726 | col, | |
8727 | editor->GetControl()); | |
8728 | GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt); | |
8729 | } | |
8730 | ||
8731 | // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed | |
8732 | int maxWidth = rect.width; | |
8733 | wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col); | |
8734 | if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) ) | |
8735 | { | |
8736 | int y; | |
8737 | GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont()); | |
8738 | if (maxWidth < rect.width) | |
8739 | maxWidth = rect.width; | |
8740 | } | |
8741 | ||
8742 | int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); | |
8743 | if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right) | |
8744 | maxWidth = client_right - rect.x; | |
8745 | ||
8746 | if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table) | |
8747 | { | |
8748 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
8749 | // may have changed earlier | |
8750 | for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++) | |
8751 | { | |
8752 | int c_rows, c_cols; | |
8753 | GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols ); | |
8754 | ||
8755 | // looks weird going over a multicell | |
8756 | if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) && | |
8757 | (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1)) | |
8758 | { | |
8759 | rect.width += GetColWidth( i ); | |
8760 | } | |
8761 | else | |
8762 | break; | |
8763 | } | |
8764 | ||
8765 | if (rect.GetRight() > client_right) | |
8766 | rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 ); | |
8767 | } | |
8768 | ||
8769 | editor->SetCellAttr( attr ); | |
8770 | editor->SetSize( rect ); | |
8771 | if (nXMove != 0) | |
8772 | editor->GetControl()->Move( | |
8773 | editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove, | |
8774 | editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y ); | |
8775 | editor->Show( true, attr ); | |
8776 | ||
8777 | // recalc dimensions in case we need to | |
8778 | // expand the scrolled window to account for editor | |
8779 | CalcDimensions(); | |
8780 | ||
8781 | editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this); | |
8782 | editor->SetCellAttr(NULL); | |
8783 | ||
8784 | editor->DecRef(); | |
8785 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8786 | } | |
8787 | } | |
8788 | } | |
8789 | ||
8790 | void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl() | |
8791 | { | |
8792 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
8793 | { | |
8794 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8795 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8796 | ||
8797 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8798 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
8799 | const bool editorHadFocus = editor->GetControl()->HasFocus(); | |
8800 | editor->Show( false ); | |
8801 | editor->DecRef(); | |
8802 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8803 | ||
8804 | // return the focus to the grid itself if the editor had it | |
8805 | // | |
8806 | // note that we must not do this unconditionally to avoid stealing | |
8807 | // focus from the window which just received it if we are hiding the | |
8808 | // editor precisely because we lost focus | |
8809 | if ( editorHadFocus ) | |
8810 | m_gridWin->SetFocus(); | |
8811 | ||
8812 | // refresh whole row to the right | |
8813 | wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) ); | |
8814 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
8815 | rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x; | |
8816 | ||
8817 | #ifdef __WXMAC__ | |
8818 | // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well | |
8819 | rect.Inflate(10, 10); | |
8820 | #endif | |
8821 | ||
8822 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
8823 | } | |
8824 | } | |
8825 | ||
8826 | void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue() | |
8827 | { | |
8828 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
8829 | { | |
8830 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8831 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8832 | ||
8833 | wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col); | |
8834 | ||
8835 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8836 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
8837 | ||
8838 | wxString newval; | |
8839 | bool changed = editor->EndEdit(oldval, &newval); | |
8840 | ||
8841 | if ( changed && SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING, newval) != -1 ) | |
8842 | { | |
8843 | editor->ApplyEdit(row, col, this); | |
8844 | ||
8845 | // for compatibility reasons dating back to wx 2.8 when this event | |
8846 | // was called wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE and wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING | |
8847 | // didn't exist we allow vetoing this one too | |
8848 | if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGED, oldval) == -1 ) | |
8849 | { | |
8850 | // Event has been vetoed, set the data back. | |
8851 | SetCellValue(row, col, oldval); | |
8852 | } | |
8853 | } | |
8854 | ||
8855 | editor->DecRef(); | |
8856 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8857 | } | |
8858 | } | |
8859 | ||
8860 | // | |
8861 | // ------ Grid location functions | |
8862 | // Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of | |
8863 | // grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device | |
8864 | // coordinates for mouse events etc. | |
8865 | // | |
8866 | ||
8867 | wxGridCellCoords wxGrid::XYToCell(int x, int y) const | |
8868 | { | |
8869 | int row = YToRow(y); | |
8870 | int col = XToCol(x); | |
8871 | ||
8872 | return row == -1 || col == -1 ? wxGridNoCellCoords | |
8873 | : wxGridCellCoords(row, col); | |
8874 | } | |
8875 | ||
8876 | // compute row or column from some (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either | |
8877 | // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array of | |
8878 | // m_rowBottoms/m_colRights to do it quickly (linear search shouldn't be used | |
8879 | // for large grids) | |
8880 | int wxGrid::PosToLinePos(int coord, | |
8881 | bool clipToMinMax, | |
8882 | const wxGridOperations& oper) const | |
8883 | { | |
8884 | const int numLines = oper.GetNumberOfLines(this); | |
8885 | ||
8886 | if ( coord < 0 ) | |
8887 | return clipToMinMax && numLines > 0 ? 0 : wxNOT_FOUND; | |
8888 | ||
8889 | const int defaultLineSize = oper.GetDefaultLineSize(this); | |
8890 | wxCHECK_MSG( defaultLineSize, -1, "can't have 0 default line size" ); | |
8891 | ||
8892 | int maxPos = coord / defaultLineSize, | |
8893 | minPos = 0; | |
8894 | ||
8895 | // check for the simplest case: if we have no explicit line sizes | |
8896 | // configured, then we already know the line this position falls in | |
8897 | const wxArrayInt& lineEnds = oper.GetLineEnds(this); | |
8898 | if ( lineEnds.empty() ) | |
8899 | { | |
8900 | if ( maxPos < numLines ) | |
8901 | return maxPos; | |
8902 | ||
8903 | return clipToMinMax ? numLines - 1 : -1; | |
8904 | } | |
8905 | ||
8906 | ||
8907 | // adjust maxPos before starting the binary search | |
8908 | if ( maxPos >= numLines ) | |
8909 | { | |
8910 | maxPos = numLines - 1; | |
8911 | } | |
8912 | else | |
8913 | { | |
8914 | if ( coord >= lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos)]) | |
8915 | { | |
8916 | minPos = maxPos; | |
8917 | const int minDist = oper.GetMinimalAcceptableLineSize(this); | |
8918 | if ( minDist ) | |
8919 | maxPos = coord / minDist; | |
8920 | else | |
8921 | maxPos = numLines - 1; | |
8922 | } | |
8923 | ||
8924 | if ( maxPos >= numLines ) | |
8925 | maxPos = numLines - 1; | |
8926 | } | |
8927 | ||
8928 | // check if the position is beyond the last column | |
8929 | const int lineAtMaxPos = oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos); | |
8930 | if ( coord >= lineEnds[lineAtMaxPos] ) | |
8931 | return clipToMinMax ? maxPos : -1; | |
8932 | ||
8933 | // or before the first one | |
8934 | const int lineAt0 = oper.GetLineAt(this, 0); | |
8935 | if ( coord < lineEnds[lineAt0] ) | |
8936 | return 0; | |
8937 | ||
8938 | ||
8939 | // finally do perform the binary search | |
8940 | while ( minPos < maxPos ) | |
8941 | { | |
8942 | wxCHECK_MSG( lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, minPos)] <= coord && | |
8943 | coord < lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos)], | |
8944 | -1, | |
8945 | "wxGrid: internal error in PosToLinePos()" ); | |
8946 | ||
8947 | if ( coord >= lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos - 1)] ) | |
8948 | return maxPos; | |
8949 | else | |
8950 | maxPos--; | |
8951 | ||
8952 | const int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2; | |
8953 | if ( coord < lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, median)] ) | |
8954 | maxPos = median; | |
8955 | else | |
8956 | minPos = median; | |
8957 | } | |
8958 | ||
8959 | return maxPos; | |
8960 | } | |
8961 | ||
8962 | int | |
8963 | wxGrid::PosToLine(int coord, | |
8964 | bool clipToMinMax, | |
8965 | const wxGridOperations& oper) const | |
8966 | { | |
8967 | int pos = PosToLinePos(coord, clipToMinMax, oper); | |
8968 | ||
8969 | return pos == wxNOT_FOUND ? wxNOT_FOUND : oper.GetLineAt(this, pos); | |
8970 | } | |
8971 | ||
8972 | int wxGrid::YToRow(int y, bool clipToMinMax) const | |
8973 | { | |
8974 | return PosToLine(y, clipToMinMax, wxGridRowOperations()); | |
8975 | } | |
8976 | ||
8977 | int wxGrid::XToCol(int x, bool clipToMinMax) const | |
8978 | { | |
8979 | return PosToLine(x, clipToMinMax, wxGridColumnOperations()); | |
8980 | } | |
8981 | ||
8982 | int wxGrid::XToPos(int x) const | |
8983 | { | |
8984 | return PosToLinePos(x, true /* clip */, wxGridColumnOperations()); | |
8985 | } | |
8986 | ||
8987 | // return the row number that that the y coord is near the edge of, or -1 if | |
8988 | // not near an edge. | |
8989 | // | |
8990 | // coords can only possibly be near an edge if | |
8991 | // (a) the row/column is large enough to still allow for an "inner" area | |
8992 | // that is _not_ near the edge (i.e., if the height/width is smaller | |
8993 | // than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, coords are _never_ considered to be | |
8994 | // near the edge). | |
8995 | // and | |
8996 | // (b) resizing rows/columns (the thing for which edge detection is | |
8997 | // relevant at all) is enabled. | |
8998 | // | |
8999 | int wxGrid::PosToEdgeOfLine(int pos, const wxGridOperations& oper) const | |
9000 | { | |
9001 | if ( !oper.CanResizeLines(this) ) | |
9002 | return -1; | |
9003 | ||
9004 | const int line = oper.PosToLine(this, pos, true); | |
9005 | ||
9006 | if ( oper.GetLineSize(this, line) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
9007 | { | |
9008 | // We know that we are in this line, test whether we are close enough | |
9009 | // to start or end border, respectively. | |
9010 | if ( abs(oper.GetLineEndPos(this, line) - pos) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
9011 | return line; | |
9012 | else if ( line > 0 && | |
9013 | pos - oper.GetLineStartPos(this, | |
9014 | line) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
9015 | return line - 1; | |
9016 | } | |
9017 | ||
9018 | return -1; | |
9019 | } | |
9020 | ||
9021 | int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow(int y) const | |
9022 | { | |
9023 | return PosToEdgeOfLine(y, wxGridRowOperations()); | |
9024 | } | |
9025 | ||
9026 | int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol(int x) const | |
9027 | { | |
9028 | return PosToEdgeOfLine(x, wxGridColumnOperations()); | |
9029 | } | |
9030 | ||
9031 | wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const | |
9032 | { | |
9033 | wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); | |
9034 | ||
9035 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && | |
9036 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) | |
9037 | { | |
9038 | int i, cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
9039 | rect.width = rect.height = 0; | |
9040 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
9041 | // if negative then find multicell owner | |
9042 | if (cell_rows < 0) | |
9043 | row += cell_rows; | |
9044 | if (cell_cols < 0) | |
9045 | col += cell_cols; | |
9046 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
9047 | ||
9048 | rect.x = GetColLeft(col); | |
9049 | rect.y = GetRowTop(row); | |
9050 | for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++) | |
9051 | rect.width += GetColWidth(i); | |
9052 | for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++) | |
9053 | rect.height += GetRowHeight(i); | |
9054 | } | |
9055 | ||
9056 | // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller | |
9057 | if (m_gridLinesEnabled) | |
9058 | { | |
9059 | rect.width -= 1; | |
9060 | rect.height -= 1; | |
9061 | } | |
9062 | ||
9063 | return rect; | |
9064 | } | |
9065 | ||
9066 | bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const | |
9067 | { | |
9068 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords | |
9069 | // | |
9070 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
9071 | ||
9072 | // convert to device coords | |
9073 | // | |
9074 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
9075 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
9076 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
9077 | ||
9078 | // check against the client area of the grid window | |
9079 | int cw, ch; | |
9080 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
9081 | ||
9082 | if ( wholeCellVisible ) | |
9083 | { | |
9084 | // is the cell wholly visible ? | |
9085 | return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw && | |
9086 | top >= 0 && bottom <= ch ); | |
9087 | } | |
9088 | else | |
9089 | { | |
9090 | // is the cell partly visible ? | |
9091 | // | |
9092 | return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) && | |
9093 | ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) ); | |
9094 | } | |
9095 | } | |
9096 | ||
9097 | // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount | |
9098 | // of scrolling | |
9099 | // | |
9100 | void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col ) | |
9101 | { | |
9102 | int i; | |
9103 | int xpos = -1, ypos = -1; | |
9104 | ||
9105 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && | |
9106 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) | |
9107 | { | |
9108 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords | |
9109 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
9110 | ||
9111 | // convert to device coords | |
9112 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
9113 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
9114 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
9115 | ||
9116 | int cw, ch; | |
9117 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
9118 | ||
9119 | if ( top < 0 ) | |
9120 | { | |
9121 | ypos = r.GetTop(); | |
9122 | } | |
9123 | else if ( bottom > ch ) | |
9124 | { | |
9125 | int h = r.GetHeight(); | |
9126 | ypos = r.GetTop(); | |
9127 | for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
9128 | { | |
9129 | int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i); | |
9130 | if ( h + rowHeight > ch ) | |
9131 | break; | |
9132 | ||
9133 | h += rowHeight; | |
9134 | ypos -= rowHeight; | |
9135 | } | |
9136 | ||
9137 | // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't | |
9138 | // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do, | |
9139 | // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn) | |
9140 | // | |
9141 | // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough, | |
9142 | // so just add a full scroll unit... | |
9143 | ypos += m_scrollLineY; | |
9144 | } | |
9145 | ||
9146 | // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell! | |
9147 | // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between | |
9148 | // left and right part of the cell on every step! | |
9149 | // if ( left < 0 ) | |
9150 | if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw ) | |
9151 | { | |
9152 | xpos = r.GetLeft(); | |
9153 | } | |
9154 | else if ( right > cw ) | |
9155 | { | |
9156 | // position the view so that the cell is on the right | |
9157 | int x0, y0; | |
9158 | CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0); | |
9159 | xpos = x0 + (right - cw); | |
9160 | ||
9161 | // see comment for ypos above | |
9162 | xpos += m_scrollLineX; | |
9163 | } | |
9164 | ||
9165 | if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 ) | |
9166 | { | |
9167 | if ( xpos != -1 ) | |
9168 | xpos /= m_scrollLineX; | |
9169 | if ( ypos != -1 ) | |
9170 | ypos /= m_scrollLineY; | |
9171 | Scroll( xpos, ypos ); | |
9172 | AdjustScrollbars(); | |
9173 | } | |
9174 | } | |
9175 | } | |
9176 | ||
9177 | // | |
9178 | // ------ Grid cursor movement functions | |
9179 | // | |
9180 | ||
9181 | bool | |
9182 | wxGrid::DoMoveCursor(bool expandSelection, | |
9183 | const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper) | |
9184 | { | |
9185 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
9186 | return false; | |
9187 | ||
9188 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
9189 | { | |
9190 | wxGridCellCoords coords = m_selectedBlockCorner; | |
9191 | if ( coords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
9192 | coords = m_currentCellCoords; | |
9193 | ||
9194 | if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) ) | |
9195 | return false; | |
9196 | ||
9197 | diroper.Advance(coords); | |
9198 | ||
9199 | UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords); | |
9200 | } | |
9201 | else // don't expand selection | |
9202 | { | |
9203 | ClearSelection(); | |
9204 | ||
9205 | if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) ) | |
9206 | return false; | |
9207 | ||
9208 | wxGridCellCoords coords = m_currentCellCoords; | |
9209 | diroper.Advance(coords); | |
9210 | ||
9211 | GoToCell(coords); | |
9212 | } | |
9213 | ||
9214 | return true; | |
9215 | } | |
9216 | ||
9217 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp(bool expandSelection) | |
9218 | { | |
9219 | return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection, | |
9220 | wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())); | |
9221 | } | |
9222 | ||
9223 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown(bool expandSelection) | |
9224 | { | |
9225 | return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection, | |
9226 | wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())); | |
9227 | } | |
9228 | ||
9229 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft(bool expandSelection) | |
9230 | { | |
9231 | return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection, | |
9232 | wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations())); | |
9233 | } | |
9234 | ||
9235 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight(bool expandSelection) | |
9236 | { | |
9237 | return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection, | |
9238 | wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations())); | |
9239 | } | |
9240 | ||
9241 | bool wxGrid::DoMoveCursorByPage(const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper) | |
9242 | { | |
9243 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
9244 | return false; | |
9245 | ||
9246 | if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) ) | |
9247 | return false; | |
9248 | ||
9249 | const int oldRow = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
9250 | int newRow = diroper.MoveByPixelDistance(oldRow, m_gridWin->GetClientSize().y); | |
9251 | if ( newRow == oldRow ) | |
9252 | { | |
9253 | wxGridCellCoords coords(m_currentCellCoords); | |
9254 | diroper.Advance(coords); | |
9255 | newRow = coords.GetRow(); | |
9256 | } | |
9257 | ||
9258 | GoToCell(newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()); | |
9259 | ||
9260 | return true; | |
9261 | } | |
9262 | ||
9263 | bool wxGrid::MovePageUp() | |
9264 | { | |
9265 | return DoMoveCursorByPage( | |
9266 | wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())); | |
9267 | } | |
9268 | ||
9269 | bool wxGrid::MovePageDown() | |
9270 | { | |
9271 | return DoMoveCursorByPage( | |
9272 | wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())); | |
9273 | } | |
9274 | ||
9275 | // helper of DoMoveCursorByBlock(): advance the cell coordinates using diroper | |
9276 | // until we find a non-empty cell or reach the grid end | |
9277 | void | |
9278 | wxGrid::AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(wxGridCellCoords& coords, | |
9279 | const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper) | |
9280 | { | |
9281 | while ( !diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) ) | |
9282 | { | |
9283 | diroper.Advance(coords); | |
9284 | if ( !m_table->IsEmpty(coords) ) | |
9285 | break; | |
9286 | } | |
9287 | } | |
9288 | ||
9289 | bool | |
9290 | wxGrid::DoMoveCursorByBlock(bool expandSelection, | |
9291 | const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper) | |
9292 | { | |
9293 | if ( !m_table || m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
9294 | return false; | |
9295 | ||
9296 | if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) ) | |
9297 | return false; | |
9298 | ||
9299 | wxGridCellCoords coords(m_currentCellCoords); | |
9300 | if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coords) ) | |
9301 | { | |
9302 | // we are in an empty cell: find the next block of non-empty cells | |
9303 | AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(coords, diroper); | |
9304 | } | |
9305 | else // current cell is not empty | |
9306 | { | |
9307 | diroper.Advance(coords); | |
9308 | if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coords) ) | |
9309 | { | |
9310 | // we started at the end of a block, find the next one | |
9311 | AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(coords, diroper); | |
9312 | } | |
9313 | else // we're in a middle of a block | |
9314 | { | |
9315 | // go to the end of it, i.e. find the last cell before the next | |
9316 | // empty one | |
9317 | while ( !diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) ) | |
9318 | { | |
9319 | wxGridCellCoords coordsNext(coords); | |
9320 | diroper.Advance(coordsNext); | |
9321 | if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coordsNext) ) | |
9322 | break; | |
9323 | ||
9324 | coords = coordsNext; | |
9325 | } | |
9326 | } | |
9327 | } | |
9328 | ||
9329 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
9330 | { | |
9331 | UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords); | |
9332 | } | |
9333 | else | |
9334 | { | |
9335 | ClearSelection(); | |
9336 | GoToCell(coords); | |
9337 | } | |
9338 | ||
9339 | return true; | |
9340 | } | |
9341 | ||
9342 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock(bool expandSelection) | |
9343 | { | |
9344 | return DoMoveCursorByBlock( | |
9345 | expandSelection, | |
9346 | wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()) | |
9347 | ); | |
9348 | } | |
9349 | ||
9350 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
9351 | { | |
9352 | return DoMoveCursorByBlock( | |
9353 | expandSelection, | |
9354 | wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()) | |
9355 | ); | |
9356 | } | |
9357 | ||
9358 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
9359 | { | |
9360 | return DoMoveCursorByBlock( | |
9361 | expandSelection, | |
9362 | wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations()) | |
9363 | ); | |
9364 | } | |
9365 | ||
9366 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
9367 | { | |
9368 | return DoMoveCursorByBlock( | |
9369 | expandSelection, | |
9370 | wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations()) | |
9371 | ); | |
9372 | } | |
9373 | ||
9374 | // | |
9375 | // ------ Label values and formatting | |
9376 | // | |
9377 | ||
9378 | void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const | |
9379 | { | |
9380 | if ( horiz ) | |
9381 | *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign; | |
9382 | if ( vert ) | |
9383 | *vert = m_rowLabelVertAlign; | |
9384 | } | |
9385 | ||
9386 | void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const | |
9387 | { | |
9388 | if ( horiz ) | |
9389 | *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign; | |
9390 | if ( vert ) | |
9391 | *vert = m_colLabelVertAlign; | |
9392 | } | |
9393 | ||
9394 | int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const | |
9395 | { | |
9396 | return m_colLabelTextOrientation; | |
9397 | } | |
9398 | ||
9399 | wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const | |
9400 | { | |
9401 | if ( m_table ) | |
9402 | { | |
9403 | return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row ); | |
9404 | } | |
9405 | else | |
9406 | { | |
9407 | wxString s; | |
9408 | s << row; | |
9409 | return s; | |
9410 | } | |
9411 | } | |
9412 | ||
9413 | wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const | |
9414 | { | |
9415 | if ( m_table ) | |
9416 | { | |
9417 | return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col ); | |
9418 | } | |
9419 | else | |
9420 | { | |
9421 | wxString s; | |
9422 | s << col; | |
9423 | return s; | |
9424 | } | |
9425 | } | |
9426 | ||
9427 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width ) | |
9428 | { | |
9429 | wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ); | |
9430 | ||
9431 | if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ) | |
9432 | { | |
9433 | width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW); | |
9434 | } | |
9435 | ||
9436 | if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth ) | |
9437 | { | |
9438 | if ( width == 0 ) | |
9439 | { | |
9440 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( false ); | |
9441 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false ); | |
9442 | } | |
9443 | else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 ) | |
9444 | { | |
9445 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( true ); | |
9446 | if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 ) | |
9447 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true ); | |
9448 | } | |
9449 | ||
9450 | m_rowLabelWidth = width; | |
9451 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
9452 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true ); | |
9453 | } | |
9454 | } | |
9455 | ||
9456 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height ) | |
9457 | { | |
9458 | wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ); | |
9459 | ||
9460 | if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ) | |
9461 | { | |
9462 | height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN); | |
9463 | } | |
9464 | ||
9465 | if ( height != m_colLabelHeight ) | |
9466 | { | |
9467 | if ( height == 0 ) | |
9468 | { | |
9469 | m_colWindow->Show( false ); | |
9470 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false ); | |
9471 | } | |
9472 | else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 ) | |
9473 | { | |
9474 | m_colWindow->Show( true ); | |
9475 | if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 ) | |
9476 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true ); | |
9477 | } | |
9478 | ||
9479 | m_colLabelHeight = height; | |
9480 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
9481 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true ); | |
9482 | } | |
9483 | } | |
9484 | ||
9485 | void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
9486 | { | |
9487 | if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour ) | |
9488 | { | |
9489 | m_labelBackgroundColour = colour; | |
9490 | m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
9491 | m_colWindow->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
9492 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
9493 | ||
9494 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9495 | { | |
9496 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9497 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
9498 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9499 | } | |
9500 | } | |
9501 | } | |
9502 | ||
9503 | void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
9504 | { | |
9505 | if ( m_labelTextColour != colour ) | |
9506 | { | |
9507 | m_labelTextColour = colour; | |
9508 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9509 | { | |
9510 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9511 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
9512 | } | |
9513 | } | |
9514 | } | |
9515 | ||
9516 | void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font ) | |
9517 | { | |
9518 | m_labelFont = font; | |
9519 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9520 | { | |
9521 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9522 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
9523 | } | |
9524 | } | |
9525 | ||
9526 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
9527 | { | |
9528 | // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used | |
9529 | switch ( horiz ) | |
9530 | { | |
9531 | case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; | |
9532 | case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; | |
9533 | case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
9534 | } | |
9535 | ||
9536 | switch ( vert ) | |
9537 | { | |
9538 | case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; | |
9539 | case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; | |
9540 | case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
9541 | } | |
9542 | ||
9543 | if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) | |
9544 | { | |
9545 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz; | |
9546 | } | |
9547 | ||
9548 | if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) | |
9549 | { | |
9550 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert; | |
9551 | } | |
9552 | ||
9553 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9554 | { | |
9555 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9556 | } | |
9557 | } | |
9558 | ||
9559 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
9560 | { | |
9561 | // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used | |
9562 | switch ( horiz ) | |
9563 | { | |
9564 | case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; | |
9565 | case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; | |
9566 | case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
9567 | } | |
9568 | ||
9569 | switch ( vert ) | |
9570 | { | |
9571 | case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; | |
9572 | case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; | |
9573 | case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
9574 | } | |
9575 | ||
9576 | if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) | |
9577 | { | |
9578 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz; | |
9579 | } | |
9580 | ||
9581 | if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) | |
9582 | { | |
9583 | m_colLabelVertAlign = vert; | |
9584 | } | |
9585 | ||
9586 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9587 | { | |
9588 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
9589 | } | |
9590 | } | |
9591 | ||
9592 | // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it | |
9593 | // does not support vertical printing | |
9594 | // | |
9595 | // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD); | |
9596 | // pGrid->SetLabelFont(font); | |
9597 | // pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL); | |
9598 | // | |
9599 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation ) | |
9600 | { | |
9601 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL ) | |
9602 | m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation; | |
9603 | ||
9604 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9605 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
9606 | } | |
9607 | ||
9608 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s ) | |
9609 | { | |
9610 | if ( m_table ) | |
9611 | { | |
9612 | m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s ); | |
9613 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9614 | { | |
9615 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 ); | |
9616 | if ( rect.height > 0 ) | |
9617 | { | |
9618 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y); | |
9619 | rect.x = 0; | |
9620 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
9621 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
9622 | } | |
9623 | } | |
9624 | } | |
9625 | } | |
9626 | ||
9627 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s ) | |
9628 | { | |
9629 | if ( m_table ) | |
9630 | { | |
9631 | m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s ); | |
9632 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9633 | { | |
9634 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
9635 | { | |
9636 | GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col); | |
9637 | } | |
9638 | else | |
9639 | { | |
9640 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col ); | |
9641 | if ( rect.width > 0 ) | |
9642 | { | |
9643 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y); | |
9644 | rect.y = 0; | |
9645 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
9646 | GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
9647 | } | |
9648 | } | |
9649 | } | |
9650 | } | |
9651 | } | |
9652 | ||
9653 | void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
9654 | { | |
9655 | if ( m_gridLineColour != colour ) | |
9656 | { | |
9657 | m_gridLineColour = colour; | |
9658 | ||
9659 | if ( GridLinesEnabled() ) | |
9660 | RedrawGridLines(); | |
9661 | } | |
9662 | } | |
9663 | ||
9664 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
9665 | { | |
9666 | if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour ) | |
9667 | { | |
9668 | m_cellHighlightColour = colour; | |
9669 | ||
9670 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
9671 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
9672 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
9673 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); | |
9674 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9675 | } | |
9676 | } | |
9677 | ||
9678 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width) | |
9679 | { | |
9680 | if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width) | |
9681 | { | |
9682 | m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width; | |
9683 | ||
9684 | // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't | |
9685 | // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller. | |
9686 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
9687 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
9688 | if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
9689 | return; | |
9690 | ||
9691 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
9692 | m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect); | |
9693 | } | |
9694 | } | |
9695 | ||
9696 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width) | |
9697 | { | |
9698 | if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width) | |
9699 | { | |
9700 | m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width; | |
9701 | ||
9702 | // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't | |
9703 | // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller. | |
9704 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
9705 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
9706 | if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || | |
9707 | GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
9708 | return; | |
9709 | ||
9710 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
9711 | m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect); | |
9712 | } | |
9713 | } | |
9714 | ||
9715 | void wxGrid::RedrawGridLines() | |
9716 | { | |
9717 | // the lines will be redrawn when the window is thawn | |
9718 | if ( GetBatchCount() ) | |
9719 | return; | |
9720 | ||
9721 | if ( GridLinesEnabled() ) | |
9722 | { | |
9723 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
9724 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
9725 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() ); | |
9726 | } | |
9727 | else // remove the grid lines | |
9728 | { | |
9729 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
9730 | } | |
9731 | } | |
9732 | ||
9733 | void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable ) | |
9734 | { | |
9735 | if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
9736 | { | |
9737 | m_gridLinesEnabled = enable; | |
9738 | ||
9739 | RedrawGridLines(); | |
9740 | } | |
9741 | } | |
9742 | ||
9743 | void wxGrid::DoClipGridLines(bool& var, bool clip) | |
9744 | { | |
9745 | if ( clip != var ) | |
9746 | { | |
9747 | var = clip; | |
9748 | ||
9749 | if ( GridLinesEnabled() ) | |
9750 | RedrawGridLines(); | |
9751 | } | |
9752 | } | |
9753 | ||
9754 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const | |
9755 | { | |
9756 | return m_defaultRowHeight; | |
9757 | } | |
9758 | ||
9759 | int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const | |
9760 | { | |
9761 | wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") ); | |
9762 | ||
9763 | return GetRowHeight(row); | |
9764 | } | |
9765 | ||
9766 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const | |
9767 | { | |
9768 | return m_defaultColWidth; | |
9769 | } | |
9770 | ||
9771 | int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const | |
9772 | { | |
9773 | wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") ); | |
9774 | ||
9775 | return GetColWidth(col); | |
9776 | } | |
9777 | ||
9778 | // ============================================================================ | |
9779 | // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid | |
9780 | // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis | |
9781 | // ============================================================================ | |
9782 | ||
9783 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9784 | // setting default attributes | |
9785 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9786 | ||
9787 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col ) | |
9788 | { | |
9789 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col); | |
9790 | #ifdef __WXGTK__ | |
9791 | m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col); | |
9792 | #endif | |
9793 | } | |
9794 | ||
9795 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col ) | |
9796 | { | |
9797 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col); | |
9798 | } | |
9799 | ||
9800 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
9801 | { | |
9802 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
9803 | } | |
9804 | ||
9805 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow ) | |
9806 | { | |
9807 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow); | |
9808 | } | |
9809 | ||
9810 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font ) | |
9811 | { | |
9812 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font); | |
9813 | } | |
9814 | ||
9815 | // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the | |
9816 | // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string | |
9817 | // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to | |
9818 | // work correctly. | |
9819 | ||
9820 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) | |
9821 | { | |
9822 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, | |
9823 | renderer, | |
9824 | GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING)); | |
9825 | } | |
9826 | ||
9827 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor) | |
9828 | { | |
9829 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, | |
9830 | GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING), | |
9831 | editor); | |
9832 | } | |
9833 | ||
9834 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9835 | // access to the default attributes | |
9836 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9837 | ||
9838 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const | |
9839 | { | |
9840 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
9841 | } | |
9842 | ||
9843 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const | |
9844 | { | |
9845 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour(); | |
9846 | } | |
9847 | ||
9848 | wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const | |
9849 | { | |
9850 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont(); | |
9851 | } | |
9852 | ||
9853 | void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const | |
9854 | { | |
9855 | m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
9856 | } | |
9857 | ||
9858 | bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const | |
9859 | { | |
9860 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow(); | |
9861 | } | |
9862 | ||
9863 | wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const | |
9864 | { | |
9865 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0); | |
9866 | } | |
9867 | ||
9868 | wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const | |
9869 | { | |
9870 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0); | |
9871 | } | |
9872 | ||
9873 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9874 | // access to cell attributes | |
9875 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9876 | ||
9877 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const | |
9878 | { | |
9879 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9880 | wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
9881 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9882 | ||
9883 | return colour; | |
9884 | } | |
9885 | ||
9886 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const | |
9887 | { | |
9888 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9889 | wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour(); | |
9890 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9891 | ||
9892 | return colour; | |
9893 | } | |
9894 | ||
9895 | wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const | |
9896 | { | |
9897 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9898 | wxFont font = attr->GetFont(); | |
9899 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9900 | ||
9901 | return font; | |
9902 | } | |
9903 | ||
9904 | void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const | |
9905 | { | |
9906 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9907 | attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
9908 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9909 | } | |
9910 | ||
9911 | bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const | |
9912 | { | |
9913 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9914 | bool allow = attr->GetOverflow(); | |
9915 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9916 | ||
9917 | return allow; | |
9918 | } | |
9919 | ||
9920 | void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const | |
9921 | { | |
9922 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9923 | attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols ); | |
9924 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9925 | } | |
9926 | ||
9927 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const | |
9928 | { | |
9929 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9930 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
9931 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9932 | ||
9933 | return renderer; | |
9934 | } | |
9935 | ||
9936 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const | |
9937 | { | |
9938 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9939 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
9940 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9941 | ||
9942 | return editor; | |
9943 | } | |
9944 | ||
9945 | bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const | |
9946 | { | |
9947 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9948 | bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly(); | |
9949 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9950 | ||
9951 | return isReadOnly; | |
9952 | } | |
9953 | ||
9954 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9955 | // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ... | |
9956 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9957 | ||
9958 | bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const | |
9959 | { | |
9960 | if ( !m_table ) | |
9961 | { | |
9962 | return false; | |
9963 | } | |
9964 | ||
9965 | return m_table->CanHaveAttributes(); | |
9966 | } | |
9967 | ||
9968 | void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache() | |
9969 | { | |
9970 | if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 ) | |
9971 | { | |
9972 | wxGridCellAttr *oldAttr = m_attrCache.attr; | |
9973 | m_attrCache.attr = NULL; | |
9974 | m_attrCache.row = -1; | |
9975 | // wxSafeDecRec(...) might cause event processing that accesses | |
9976 | // the cached attribute, if one exists (e.g. by deleting the | |
9977 | // editor stored within the attribute). Therefore it is important | |
9978 | // to invalidate the cache before calling wxSafeDecRef! | |
9979 | wxSafeDecRef(oldAttr); | |
9980 | } | |
9981 | } | |
9982 | ||
9983 | void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const | |
9984 | { | |
9985 | if ( attr != NULL ) | |
9986 | { | |
9987 | wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast | |
9988 | ||
9989 | self->ClearAttrCache(); | |
9990 | self->m_attrCache.row = row; | |
9991 | self->m_attrCache.col = col; | |
9992 | self->m_attrCache.attr = attr; | |
9993 | wxSafeIncRef(attr); | |
9994 | } | |
9995 | } | |
9996 | ||
9997 | bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const | |
9998 | { | |
9999 | if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col ) | |
10000 | { | |
10001 | *attr = m_attrCache.attr; | |
10002 | wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr); | |
10003 | ||
10004 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
10005 | gs_nAttrCacheHits++; | |
10006 | #endif | |
10007 | ||
10008 | return true; | |
10009 | } | |
10010 | else | |
10011 | { | |
10012 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
10013 | gs_nAttrCacheMisses++; | |
10014 | #endif | |
10015 | ||
10016 | return false; | |
10017 | } | |
10018 | } | |
10019 | ||
10020 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const | |
10021 | { | |
10022 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; | |
10023 | // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for | |
10024 | // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management. | |
10025 | if ( row >= 0 ) | |
10026 | { | |
10027 | if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) ) | |
10028 | { | |
10029 | attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any) | |
10030 | : NULL; | |
10031 | CacheAttr(row, col, attr); | |
10032 | } | |
10033 | } | |
10034 | ||
10035 | if (attr) | |
10036 | { | |
10037 | attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
10038 | } | |
10039 | else | |
10040 | { | |
10041 | attr = m_defaultCellAttr; | |
10042 | attr->IncRef(); | |
10043 | } | |
10044 | ||
10045 | return attr; | |
10046 | } | |
10047 | ||
10048 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const | |
10049 | { | |
10050 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; | |
10051 | bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes(); | |
10052 | ||
10053 | wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed")); | |
10054 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") ); | |
10055 | ||
10056 | attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell); | |
10057 | if ( !attr ) | |
10058 | { | |
10059 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
10060 | ||
10061 | // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller | |
10062 | attr->IncRef(); | |
10063 | m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
10064 | } | |
10065 | ||
10066 | return attr; | |
10067 | } | |
10068 | ||
10069 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10070 | // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr) | |
10071 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10072 | ||
10073 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col) | |
10074 | { | |
10075 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL); | |
10076 | } | |
10077 | ||
10078 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col) | |
10079 | { | |
10080 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER); | |
10081 | } | |
10082 | ||
10083 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision) | |
10084 | { | |
10085 | wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT; | |
10086 | if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) ) | |
10087 | { | |
10088 | typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision; | |
10089 | } | |
10090 | ||
10091 | SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName); | |
10092 | } | |
10093 | ||
10094 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName) | |
10095 | { | |
10096 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col ); | |
10097 | if (!attr) | |
10098 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
10099 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); | |
10100 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); | |
10101 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName); | |
10102 | attr->SetEditor(editor); | |
10103 | ||
10104 | SetColAttr(col, attr); | |
10105 | ||
10106 | } | |
10107 | ||
10108 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10109 | // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table | |
10110 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10111 | ||
10112 | void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
10113 | { | |
10114 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
10115 | { | |
10116 | m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
10117 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
10118 | } | |
10119 | else | |
10120 | { | |
10121 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
10122 | } | |
10123 | } | |
10124 | ||
10125 | void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
10126 | { | |
10127 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
10128 | { | |
10129 | m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row); | |
10130 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
10131 | } | |
10132 | else | |
10133 | { | |
10134 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
10135 | } | |
10136 | } | |
10137 | ||
10138 | void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
10139 | { | |
10140 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
10141 | { | |
10142 | m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col); | |
10143 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
10144 | } | |
10145 | else | |
10146 | { | |
10147 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
10148 | } | |
10149 | } | |
10150 | ||
10151 | void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) | |
10152 | { | |
10153 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
10154 | { | |
10155 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
10156 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour); | |
10157 | attr->DecRef(); | |
10158 | } | |
10159 | } | |
10160 | ||
10161 | void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) | |
10162 | { | |
10163 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
10164 | { | |
10165 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
10166 | attr->SetTextColour(colour); | |
10167 | attr->DecRef(); | |
10168 | } | |
10169 | } | |
10170 | ||
10171 | void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font ) | |
10172 | { | |
10173 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
10174 | { | |
10175 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
10176 | attr->SetFont(font); | |
10177 | attr->DecRef(); | |
10178 | } | |
10179 | } | |
10180 | ||
10181 | void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert ) | |
10182 | { | |
10183 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
10184 | { | |
10185 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
10186 | attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
10187 | attr->DecRef(); | |
10188 | } | |
10189 | } | |
10190 | ||
10191 | void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow ) | |
10192 | { | |
10193 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
10194 | { | |
10195 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
10196 | attr->SetOverflow(allow); | |
10197 | attr->DecRef(); | |
10198 | } | |
10199 | } | |
10200 | ||
10201 | void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols ) | |
10202 | { | |
10203 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
10204 | { | |
10205 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
10206 | ||
10207 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
10208 | attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols); | |
10209 | attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols); | |
10210 | attr->DecRef(); | |
10211 | ||
10212 | // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values | |
10213 | // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot | |
10214 | // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr. | |
10215 | // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn | |
10216 | wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)), | |
10217 | wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell")); | |
10218 | wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)), | |
10219 | wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1")); | |
10220 | ||
10221 | // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first | |
10222 | if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1)) | |
10223 | { | |
10224 | int i, j; | |
10225 | for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++) | |
10226 | { | |
10227 | for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++) | |
10228 | { | |
10229 | if ((i != col) || (j != row)) | |
10230 | { | |
10231 | wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i); | |
10232 | attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 ); | |
10233 | attr_stub->DecRef(); | |
10234 | } | |
10235 | } | |
10236 | } | |
10237 | } | |
10238 | ||
10239 | // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to | |
10240 | // negative or zero values to point back at this cell | |
10241 | if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1)) | |
10242 | { | |
10243 | int i, j; | |
10244 | for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++) | |
10245 | { | |
10246 | for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++) | |
10247 | { | |
10248 | if ((i != col) || (j != row)) | |
10249 | { | |
10250 | wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i); | |
10251 | attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i ); | |
10252 | attr_stub->DecRef(); | |
10253 | } | |
10254 | } | |
10255 | } | |
10256 | } | |
10257 | } | |
10258 | } | |
10259 | ||
10260 | void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) | |
10261 | { | |
10262 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
10263 | { | |
10264 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
10265 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); | |
10266 | attr->DecRef(); | |
10267 | } | |
10268 | } | |
10269 | ||
10270 | void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
10271 | { | |
10272 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
10273 | { | |
10274 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
10275 | attr->SetEditor(editor); | |
10276 | attr->DecRef(); | |
10277 | } | |
10278 | } | |
10279 | ||
10280 | void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly) | |
10281 | { | |
10282 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
10283 | { | |
10284 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
10285 | attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly); | |
10286 | attr->DecRef(); | |
10287 | } | |
10288 | } | |
10289 | ||
10290 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10291 | // Data type registration | |
10292 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10293 | ||
10294 | void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
10295 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
10296 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
10297 | { | |
10298 | m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
10299 | } | |
10300 | ||
10301 | ||
10302 | wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const | |
10303 | { | |
10304 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); | |
10305 | return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName); | |
10306 | } | |
10307 | ||
10308 | wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const | |
10309 | { | |
10310 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); | |
10311 | return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); | |
10312 | } | |
10313 | ||
10314 | wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const | |
10315 | { | |
10316 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); | |
10317 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
10318 | { | |
10319 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str())); | |
10320 | ||
10321 | return NULL; | |
10322 | } | |
10323 | ||
10324 | return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index); | |
10325 | } | |
10326 | ||
10327 | wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const | |
10328 | { | |
10329 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); | |
10330 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
10331 | { | |
10332 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str())); | |
10333 | ||
10334 | return NULL; | |
10335 | } | |
10336 | ||
10337 | return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index); | |
10338 | } | |
10339 | ||
10340 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10341 | // row/col size | |
10342 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10343 | ||
10344 | void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable ) | |
10345 | { | |
10346 | m_canDragRowSize = enable; | |
10347 | } | |
10348 | ||
10349 | void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable ) | |
10350 | { | |
10351 | m_canDragColSize = enable; | |
10352 | } | |
10353 | ||
10354 | void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable ) | |
10355 | { | |
10356 | m_canDragGridSize = enable; | |
10357 | } | |
10358 | ||
10359 | void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable ) | |
10360 | { | |
10361 | m_canDragCell = enable; | |
10362 | } | |
10363 | ||
10364 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows ) | |
10365 | { | |
10366 | m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ); | |
10367 | ||
10368 | if ( resizeExistingRows ) | |
10369 | { | |
10370 | // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size, | |
10371 | // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms | |
10372 | // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of | |
10373 | // some speed optimisations) | |
10374 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); | |
10375 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); | |
10376 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10377 | CalcDimensions(); | |
10378 | } | |
10379 | } | |
10380 | ||
10381 | void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height ) | |
10382 | { | |
10383 | wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") ); | |
10384 | ||
10385 | // if < 0 then calculate new height from label | |
10386 | if ( height < 0 ) | |
10387 | { | |
10388 | long w, h; | |
10389 | wxArrayString lines; | |
10390 | wxClientDC dc(m_rowLabelWin); | |
10391 | dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont()); | |
10392 | StringToLines(GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines); | |
10393 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h ); | |
10394 | //check that it is not less than the minimal height | |
10395 | height = wxMax(h, GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()); | |
10396 | } | |
10397 | ||
10398 | // See comment in SetColSize | |
10399 | if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) | |
10400 | return; | |
10401 | ||
10402 | if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
10403 | { | |
10404 | // need to really create the array | |
10405 | InitRowHeights(); | |
10406 | } | |
10407 | ||
10408 | int h = wxMax( 0, height ); | |
10409 | int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row]; | |
10410 | ||
10411 | m_rowHeights[row] = h; | |
10412 | for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
10413 | { | |
10414 | m_rowBottoms[i] += diff; | |
10415 | } | |
10416 | ||
10417 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10418 | CalcDimensions(); | |
10419 | } | |
10420 | ||
10421 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols ) | |
10422 | { | |
10423 | // we dont allow zero default column width | |
10424 | m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 ); | |
10425 | ||
10426 | if ( resizeExistingCols ) | |
10427 | { | |
10428 | // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size, | |
10429 | // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights | |
10430 | // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of | |
10431 | // some speed optimisations) | |
10432 | m_colWidths.Empty(); | |
10433 | m_colRights.Empty(); | |
10434 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10435 | CalcDimensions(); | |
10436 | } | |
10437 | } | |
10438 | ||
10439 | void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width ) | |
10440 | { | |
10441 | wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") ); | |
10442 | ||
10443 | // if < 0 then calculate new width from label | |
10444 | if ( width < 0 ) | |
10445 | { | |
10446 | long w, h; | |
10447 | wxArrayString lines; | |
10448 | wxClientDC dc(m_colWindow); | |
10449 | dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont()); | |
10450 | StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines); | |
10451 | if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
10452 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h ); | |
10453 | else | |
10454 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w ); | |
10455 | width = w + 6; | |
10456 | //check that it is not less than the minimal width | |
10457 | width = wxMax(width, GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth()); | |
10458 | } | |
10459 | ||
10460 | // we intentionally don't test whether the width is less than | |
10461 | // GetColMinimalWidth() here but we do compare it with | |
10462 | // GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() as otherwise things currently break (see | |
10463 | // #651) -- and we also always allow the width of 0 as it has the special | |
10464 | // sense of hiding the column | |
10465 | if ( width > 0 && width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() ) | |
10466 | return; | |
10467 | ||
10468 | if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
10469 | { | |
10470 | // need to really create the array | |
10471 | InitColWidths(); | |
10472 | } | |
10473 | ||
10474 | const int diff = width - m_colWidths[col]; | |
10475 | m_colWidths[col] = width; | |
10476 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
10477 | GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col); | |
10478 | //else: will be refreshed when the header is redrawn | |
10479 | ||
10480 | for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
10481 | { | |
10482 | m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff; | |
10483 | } | |
10484 | ||
10485 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10486 | { | |
10487 | CalcDimensions(); | |
10488 | Refresh(); | |
10489 | } | |
10490 | } | |
10491 | ||
10492 | void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width ) | |
10493 | { | |
10494 | if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth()) | |
10495 | { | |
10496 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col; | |
10497 | m_colMinWidths[key] = width; | |
10498 | } | |
10499 | } | |
10500 | ||
10501 | void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width ) | |
10502 | { | |
10503 | if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) | |
10504 | { | |
10505 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row; | |
10506 | m_rowMinHeights[key] = width; | |
10507 | } | |
10508 | } | |
10509 | ||
10510 | int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const | |
10511 | { | |
10512 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col; | |
10513 | wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key); | |
10514 | ||
10515 | return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth; | |
10516 | } | |
10517 | ||
10518 | int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const | |
10519 | { | |
10520 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row; | |
10521 | wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key); | |
10522 | ||
10523 | return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight; | |
10524 | } | |
10525 | ||
10526 | void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width ) | |
10527 | { | |
10528 | // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us | |
10529 | // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns. | |
10530 | if ( width >= 0 ) | |
10531 | m_minAcceptableColWidth = width; | |
10532 | } | |
10533 | ||
10534 | void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height ) | |
10535 | { | |
10536 | // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us | |
10537 | // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows. | |
10538 | if ( height >= 0 ) | |
10539 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height; | |
10540 | } | |
10541 | ||
10542 | int wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const | |
10543 | { | |
10544 | return m_minAcceptableColWidth; | |
10545 | } | |
10546 | ||
10547 | int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const | |
10548 | { | |
10549 | return m_minAcceptableRowHeight; | |
10550 | } | |
10551 | ||
10552 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10553 | // auto sizing | |
10554 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10555 | ||
10556 | void | |
10557 | wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction) | |
10558 | { | |
10559 | const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN; | |
10560 | ||
10561 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); | |
10562 | ||
10563 | // cancel editing of cell | |
10564 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
10565 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
10566 | ||
10567 | // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one | |
10568 | int row = -1, | |
10569 | col = -1; | |
10570 | if ( column ) | |
10571 | col = colOrRow; | |
10572 | else | |
10573 | row = colOrRow; | |
10574 | ||
10575 | wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0; | |
10576 | int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols; | |
10577 | for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ ) | |
10578 | { | |
10579 | if ( column ) | |
10580 | row = rowOrCol; | |
10581 | else | |
10582 | col = rowOrCol; | |
10583 | ||
10584 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
10585 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
10586 | if ( renderer ) | |
10587 | { | |
10588 | wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col); | |
10589 | extent = column ? size.x : size.y; | |
10590 | if ( extent > extentMax ) | |
10591 | extentMax = extent; | |
10592 | ||
10593 | renderer->DecRef(); | |
10594 | } | |
10595 | ||
10596 | attr->DecRef(); | |
10597 | } | |
10598 | ||
10599 | // now also compare with the column label extent | |
10600 | wxCoord w, h; | |
10601 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
10602 | ||
10603 | if ( column ) | |
10604 | { | |
10605 | dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h ); | |
10606 | if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL ) | |
10607 | w = h; | |
10608 | } | |
10609 | else | |
10610 | dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h ); | |
10611 | ||
10612 | extent = column ? w : h; | |
10613 | if ( extent > extentMax ) | |
10614 | extentMax = extent; | |
10615 | ||
10616 | if ( !extentMax ) | |
10617 | { | |
10618 | // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less | |
10619 | // than default extent but != 0, it's OK) | |
10620 | extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight; | |
10621 | } | |
10622 | else | |
10623 | { | |
10624 | if ( column ) | |
10625 | // leave some space around text | |
10626 | extentMax += 10; | |
10627 | else | |
10628 | extentMax += 6; | |
10629 | } | |
10630 | ||
10631 | if ( column ) | |
10632 | { | |
10633 | // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the | |
10634 | // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done | |
10635 | // in SetColSize(). | |
10636 | if ( !setAsMin ) | |
10637 | extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(col)); | |
10638 | ||
10639 | SetColSize( col, extentMax ); | |
10640 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10641 | { | |
10642 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
10643 | { | |
10644 | GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col); | |
10645 | } | |
10646 | else | |
10647 | { | |
10648 | int cw, ch, dummy; | |
10649 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
10650 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) ); | |
10651 | rect.y = 0; | |
10652 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); | |
10653 | rect.width = cw - rect.x; | |
10654 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
10655 | GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
10656 | } | |
10657 | } | |
10658 | } | |
10659 | else | |
10660 | { | |
10661 | // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the | |
10662 | // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done | |
10663 | // in SetRowSize(). | |
10664 | if ( !setAsMin ) | |
10665 | extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(row)); | |
10666 | ||
10667 | SetRowSize(row, extentMax); | |
10668 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10669 | { | |
10670 | int cw, ch, dummy; | |
10671 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
10672 | wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) ); | |
10673 | rect.x = 0; | |
10674 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
10675 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
10676 | rect.height = ch - rect.y; | |
10677 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
10678 | } | |
10679 | } | |
10680 | ||
10681 | if ( setAsMin ) | |
10682 | { | |
10683 | if ( column ) | |
10684 | SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax); | |
10685 | else | |
10686 | SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax); | |
10687 | } | |
10688 | } | |
10689 | ||
10690 | wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction) | |
10691 | { | |
10692 | // calculate size for the rows or columns? | |
10693 | const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW; | |
10694 | ||
10695 | wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow() | |
10696 | : GetGridColLabelWindow()); | |
10697 | dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont()); | |
10698 | ||
10699 | // which dimension should we take into account for calculations? | |
10700 | // | |
10701 | // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows | |
10702 | // we also have to take into account the text orientation | |
10703 | const bool | |
10704 | useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL); | |
10705 | ||
10706 | wxArrayString lines; | |
10707 | wxCoord extentMax = 0; | |
10708 | ||
10709 | const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols; | |
10710 | for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ ) | |
10711 | { | |
10712 | lines.Clear(); | |
10713 | ||
10714 | wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol) | |
10715 | : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol); | |
10716 | StringToLines(label, lines); | |
10717 | ||
10718 | long w, h; | |
10719 | GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h); | |
10720 | ||
10721 | const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h; | |
10722 | if ( extent > extentMax ) | |
10723 | extentMax = extent; | |
10724 | } | |
10725 | ||
10726 | if ( !extentMax ) | |
10727 | { | |
10728 | // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less | |
10729 | // than default extent but != 0, it's OK) | |
10730 | extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize() | |
10731 | : GetDefaultColLabelSize(); | |
10732 | } | |
10733 | ||
10734 | // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow) | |
10735 | if ( calcRows ) | |
10736 | extentMax += 10; | |
10737 | else | |
10738 | extentMax += 6; | |
10739 | ||
10740 | return extentMax; | |
10741 | } | |
10742 | ||
10743 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) | |
10744 | { | |
10745 | int width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
10746 | ||
10747 | wxGridUpdateLocker locker; | |
10748 | if(!calcOnly) | |
10749 | locker.Create(this); | |
10750 | ||
10751 | for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
10752 | { | |
10753 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
10754 | AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin); | |
10755 | ||
10756 | width += GetColWidth(col); | |
10757 | } | |
10758 | ||
10759 | return width; | |
10760 | } | |
10761 | ||
10762 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) | |
10763 | { | |
10764 | int height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
10765 | ||
10766 | wxGridUpdateLocker locker; | |
10767 | if(!calcOnly) | |
10768 | locker.Create(this); | |
10769 | ||
10770 | for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
10771 | { | |
10772 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
10773 | AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin); | |
10774 | ||
10775 | height += GetRowHeight(row); | |
10776 | } | |
10777 | ||
10778 | return height; | |
10779 | } | |
10780 | ||
10781 | void wxGrid::AutoSize() | |
10782 | { | |
10783 | wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this); | |
10784 | ||
10785 | wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth, | |
10786 | SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight); | |
10787 | ||
10788 | // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to | |
10789 | // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct | |
10790 | // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars | |
10791 | SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, true); | |
10792 | ||
10793 | // restore the scroll rate parameters overwritten by SetScrollbars() | |
10794 | SetScrollRate(m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY); | |
10795 | ||
10796 | SetClientSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight); | |
10797 | } | |
10798 | ||
10799 | void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row ) | |
10800 | { | |
10801 | // Hide the edit control, so it | |
10802 | // won't interfere with drag-shrinking. | |
10803 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
10804 | { | |
10805 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
10806 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
10807 | } | |
10808 | ||
10809 | // autosize row height depending on label text | |
10810 | SetRowSize(row, -1); | |
10811 | ForceRefresh(); | |
10812 | } | |
10813 | ||
10814 | void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col ) | |
10815 | { | |
10816 | // Hide the edit control, so it | |
10817 | // won't interfere with drag-shrinking. | |
10818 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
10819 | { | |
10820 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
10821 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
10822 | } | |
10823 | ||
10824 | // autosize column width depending on label text | |
10825 | SetColSize(col, -1); | |
10826 | ForceRefresh(); | |
10827 | } | |
10828 | ||
10829 | wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const | |
10830 | { | |
10831 | wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast | |
10832 | ||
10833 | // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't | |
10834 | // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them | |
10835 | wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth, | |
10836 | self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight); | |
10837 | ||
10838 | // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to | |
10839 | // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this | |
10840 | // calculation. | |
10841 | // CacheBestSize(size); | |
10842 | ||
10843 | return wxSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight) | |
10844 | + GetWindowBorderSize(); | |
10845 | } | |
10846 | ||
10847 | void wxGrid::Fit() | |
10848 | { | |
10849 | AutoSize(); | |
10850 | } | |
10851 | ||
10852 | wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const | |
10853 | { | |
10854 | return wxNullPen; | |
10855 | } | |
10856 | ||
10857 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10858 | // cell value accessor functions | |
10859 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10860 | ||
10861 | void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s ) | |
10862 | { | |
10863 | if ( m_table ) | |
10864 | { | |
10865 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, s ); | |
10866 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10867 | { | |
10868 | int dummy; | |
10869 | wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
10870 | rect.x = 0; | |
10871 | rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); | |
10872 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
10873 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
10874 | } | |
10875 | ||
10876 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row && | |
10877 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col && | |
10878 | IsCellEditControlShown()) | |
10879 | // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled, | |
10880 | // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from | |
10881 | // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler. | |
10882 | { | |
10883 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
10884 | ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table | |
10885 | } | |
10886 | } | |
10887 | } | |
10888 | ||
10889 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10890 | // block, row and column selection | |
10891 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10892 | ||
10893 | void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected ) | |
10894 | { | |
10895 | if ( !m_selection ) | |
10896 | return; | |
10897 | ||
10898 | if ( !addToSelected ) | |
10899 | ClearSelection(); | |
10900 | ||
10901 | m_selection->SelectRow(row); | |
10902 | } | |
10903 | ||
10904 | void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected ) | |
10905 | { | |
10906 | if ( !m_selection ) | |
10907 | return; | |
10908 | ||
10909 | if ( !addToSelected ) | |
10910 | ClearSelection(); | |
10911 | ||
10912 | m_selection->SelectCol(col); | |
10913 | } | |
10914 | ||
10915 | void wxGrid::SelectBlock(int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol, | |
10916 | bool addToSelected) | |
10917 | { | |
10918 | if ( !m_selection ) | |
10919 | return; | |
10920 | ||
10921 | if ( !addToSelected ) | |
10922 | ClearSelection(); | |
10923 | ||
10924 | m_selection->SelectBlock(topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol); | |
10925 | } | |
10926 | ||
10927 | void wxGrid::SelectAll() | |
10928 | { | |
10929 | if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 ) | |
10930 | { | |
10931 | if ( m_selection ) | |
10932 | m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 ); | |
10933 | } | |
10934 | } | |
10935 | ||
10936 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10937 | // cell, row and col deselection | |
10938 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10939 | ||
10940 | void wxGrid::DeselectLine(int line, const wxGridOperations& oper) | |
10941 | { | |
10942 | if ( !m_selection ) | |
10943 | return; | |
10944 | ||
10945 | const wxGridSelectionModes mode = m_selection->GetSelectionMode(); | |
10946 | if ( mode == oper.GetSelectionMode() ) | |
10947 | { | |
10948 | const wxGridCellCoords c(oper.MakeCoords(line, 0)); | |
10949 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(c) ) | |
10950 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(c); | |
10951 | } | |
10952 | else if ( mode != oper.Dual().GetSelectionMode() ) | |
10953 | { | |
10954 | const int nOther = oper.Dual().GetNumberOfLines(this); | |
10955 | for ( int i = 0; i < nOther; i++ ) | |
10956 | { | |
10957 | const wxGridCellCoords c(oper.MakeCoords(line, i)); | |
10958 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(c) ) | |
10959 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(c); | |
10960 | } | |
10961 | } | |
10962 | //else: can only select orthogonal lines so no lines in this direction | |
10963 | // could have been selected anyhow | |
10964 | } | |
10965 | ||
10966 | void wxGrid::DeselectRow(int row) | |
10967 | { | |
10968 | DeselectLine(row, wxGridRowOperations()); | |
10969 | } | |
10970 | ||
10971 | void wxGrid::DeselectCol(int col) | |
10972 | { | |
10973 | DeselectLine(col, wxGridColumnOperations()); | |
10974 | } | |
10975 | ||
10976 | void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col ) | |
10977 | { | |
10978 | if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) ) | |
10979 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col); | |
10980 | } | |
10981 | ||
10982 | bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const | |
10983 | { | |
10984 | return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() || | |
10985 | ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
10986 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) ); | |
10987 | } | |
10988 | ||
10989 | bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const | |
10990 | { | |
10991 | return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) || | |
10992 | ( row >= m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow() && | |
10993 | col >= m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol() && | |
10994 | row <= m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow() && | |
10995 | col <= m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol() )) ); | |
10996 | } | |
10997 | ||
10998 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const | |
10999 | { | |
11000 | if (!m_selection) | |
11001 | { | |
11002 | wxGridCellCoordsArray a; | |
11003 | return a; | |
11004 | } | |
11005 | ||
11006 | return m_selection->m_cellSelection; | |
11007 | } | |
11008 | ||
11009 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const | |
11010 | { | |
11011 | if (!m_selection) | |
11012 | { | |
11013 | wxGridCellCoordsArray a; | |
11014 | return a; | |
11015 | } | |
11016 | ||
11017 | return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft; | |
11018 | } | |
11019 | ||
11020 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const | |
11021 | { | |
11022 | if (!m_selection) | |
11023 | { | |
11024 | wxGridCellCoordsArray a; | |
11025 | return a; | |
11026 | } | |
11027 | ||
11028 | return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight; | |
11029 | } | |
11030 | ||
11031 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const | |
11032 | { | |
11033 | if (!m_selection) | |
11034 | { | |
11035 | wxArrayInt a; | |
11036 | return a; | |
11037 | } | |
11038 | ||
11039 | return m_selection->m_rowSelection; | |
11040 | } | |
11041 | ||
11042 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const | |
11043 | { | |
11044 | if (!m_selection) | |
11045 | { | |
11046 | wxArrayInt a; | |
11047 | return a; | |
11048 | } | |
11049 | ||
11050 | return m_selection->m_colSelection; | |
11051 | } | |
11052 | ||
11053 | void wxGrid::ClearSelection() | |
11054 | { | |
11055 | wxRect r1 = BlockToDeviceRect(m_selectedBlockTopLeft, | |
11056 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight); | |
11057 | wxRect r2 = BlockToDeviceRect(m_currentCellCoords, | |
11058 | m_selectedBlockCorner); | |
11059 | ||
11060 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = | |
11061 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = | |
11062 | m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
11063 | ||
11064 | Refresh( false, &r1 ); | |
11065 | Refresh( false, &r2 ); | |
11066 | ||
11067 | if ( m_selection ) | |
11068 | m_selection->ClearSelection(); | |
11069 | } | |
11070 | ||
11071 | // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block | |
11072 | // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window. | |
11073 | // | |
11074 | wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, | |
11075 | const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight ) const | |
11076 | { | |
11077 | wxRect resultRect; | |
11078 | wxRect tempCellRect = CellToRect(topLeft); | |
11079 | if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
11080 | { | |
11081 | resultRect = tempCellRect; | |
11082 | } | |
11083 | else | |
11084 | { | |
11085 | resultRect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0); | |
11086 | } | |
11087 | ||
11088 | tempCellRect = CellToRect(bottomRight); | |
11089 | if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
11090 | { | |
11091 | resultRect += tempCellRect; | |
11092 | } | |
11093 | else | |
11094 | { | |
11095 | // If both inputs were "wxGridNoCellRect," then there's nothing to do. | |
11096 | return wxGridNoCellRect; | |
11097 | } | |
11098 | ||
11099 | // Ensure that left/right and top/bottom pairs are in order. | |
11100 | int left = resultRect.GetLeft(); | |
11101 | int top = resultRect.GetTop(); | |
11102 | int right = resultRect.GetRight(); | |
11103 | int bottom = resultRect.GetBottom(); | |
11104 | ||
11105 | int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol(); | |
11106 | int topRow = topLeft.GetRow(); | |
11107 | int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol(); | |
11108 | int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow(); | |
11109 | ||
11110 | if (left > right) | |
11111 | { | |
11112 | int tmp = left; | |
11113 | left = right; | |
11114 | right = tmp; | |
11115 | ||
11116 | tmp = leftCol; | |
11117 | leftCol = rightCol; | |
11118 | rightCol = tmp; | |
11119 | } | |
11120 | ||
11121 | if (top > bottom) | |
11122 | { | |
11123 | int tmp = top; | |
11124 | top = bottom; | |
11125 | bottom = tmp; | |
11126 | ||
11127 | tmp = topRow; | |
11128 | topRow = bottomRow; | |
11129 | bottomRow = tmp; | |
11130 | } | |
11131 | ||
11132 | // The following loop is ONLY necessary to detect and handle merged cells. | |
11133 | int cw, ch; | |
11134 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
11135 | ||
11136 | // Get the origin coordinates: notice that they will be negative if the | |
11137 | // grid is scrolled downwards/to the right. | |
11138 | int gridOriginX = 0; | |
11139 | int gridOriginY = 0; | |
11140 | CalcScrolledPosition(gridOriginX, gridOriginY, &gridOriginX, &gridOriginY); | |
11141 | ||
11142 | int onScreenLeftmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX); | |
11143 | int onScreenUppermostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY); | |
11144 | ||
11145 | int onScreenRightmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX + cw); | |
11146 | int onScreenBottommostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY + ch); | |
11147 | ||
11148 | // Bound our loop so that we only examine the portion of the selected block | |
11149 | // that is shown on screen. Therefore, we compare the Top-Left block values | |
11150 | // to the Top-Left screen values, and the Bottom-Right block values to the | |
11151 | // Bottom-Right screen values, choosing appropriately. | |
11152 | const int visibleTopRow = wxMax(topRow, onScreenUppermostRow); | |
11153 | const int visibleBottomRow = wxMin(bottomRow, onScreenBottommostRow); | |
11154 | const int visibleLeftCol = wxMax(leftCol, onScreenLeftmostCol); | |
11155 | const int visibleRightCol = wxMin(rightCol, onScreenRightmostCol); | |
11156 | ||
11157 | for ( int j = visibleTopRow; j <= visibleBottomRow; j++ ) | |
11158 | { | |
11159 | for ( int i = visibleLeftCol; i <= visibleRightCol; i++ ) | |
11160 | { | |
11161 | if ( (j == visibleTopRow) || (j == visibleBottomRow) || | |
11162 | (i == visibleLeftCol) || (i == visibleRightCol) ) | |
11163 | { | |
11164 | tempCellRect = CellToRect( j, i ); | |
11165 | ||
11166 | if (tempCellRect.x < left) | |
11167 | left = tempCellRect.x; | |
11168 | if (tempCellRect.y < top) | |
11169 | top = tempCellRect.y; | |
11170 | if (tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width > right) | |
11171 | right = tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width; | |
11172 | if (tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height > bottom) | |
11173 | bottom = tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height; | |
11174 | } | |
11175 | else | |
11176 | { | |
11177 | i = visibleRightCol; // jump over inner cells. | |
11178 | } | |
11179 | } | |
11180 | } | |
11181 | ||
11182 | // Convert to scrolled coords | |
11183 | CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top ); | |
11184 | CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom ); | |
11185 | ||
11186 | if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch) | |
11187 | return wxRect(0,0,0,0); | |
11188 | ||
11189 | resultRect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) ); | |
11190 | resultRect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) ); | |
11191 | resultRect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) ); | |
11192 | resultRect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) ); | |
11193 | ||
11194 | return resultRect; | |
11195 | } | |
11196 | ||
11197 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
11198 | // drop target | |
11199 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
11200 | ||
11201 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP | |
11202 | ||
11203 | // this allow setting drop target directly on wxGrid | |
11204 | void wxGrid::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget) | |
11205 | { | |
11206 | GetGridWindow()->SetDropTarget(dropTarget); | |
11207 | } | |
11208 | ||
11209 | #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP | |
11210 | ||
11211 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
11212 | // grid event classes | |
11213 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
11214 | ||
11215 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
11216 | ||
11217 | wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
11218 | int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel, | |
11219 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
11220 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ), | |
11221 | wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta) | |
11222 | { | |
11223 | Init(row, col, x, y, sel); | |
11224 | ||
11225 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
11226 | } | |
11227 | ||
11228 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
11229 | ||
11230 | wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
11231 | int rowOrCol, int x, int y, | |
11232 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
11233 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ), | |
11234 | wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta) | |
11235 | { | |
11236 | Init(rowOrCol, x, y); | |
11237 | ||
11238 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
11239 | } | |
11240 | ||
11241 | ||
11242 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
11243 | ||
11244 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
11245 | const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, | |
11246 | const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight, | |
11247 | bool sel, bool control, | |
11248 | bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
11249 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ), | |
11250 | wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta) | |
11251 | { | |
11252 | Init(topLeft, bottomRight, sel); | |
11253 | ||
11254 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
11255 | } | |
11256 | ||
11257 | ||
11258 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent) | |
11259 | ||
11260 | wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type, | |
11261 | wxObject* obj, int row, | |
11262 | int col, wxControl* ctrl) | |
11263 | : wxCommandEvent(type, id) | |
11264 | { | |
11265 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
11266 | m_row = row; | |
11267 | m_col = col; | |
11268 | m_ctrl = ctrl; | |
11269 | } | |
11270 | ||
11271 | #endif // wxUSE_GRID |